blob: 50f82e577d54f31c04662b4764b66b0adf70ae3d [file] [log] [blame]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001 ----------------------
2 HAProxy
3 Configuration Manual
4 ----------------------
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02005 version 1.4
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006 willy tarreau
Willy Tarreaub03d2982009-07-29 22:38:32 +02007 2009/07/27
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02008
9
10This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version
11specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +010012documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020013The summary below is meant to help you search sections by name and navigate
14through the document.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +020015
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020016Note to documentation contributors :
17 This document is formated with 80 columns per line, with even number of
18 spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please follow these rules strictly
19 so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If a line needs to be
20 printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with a backslash
21 ('\') and continue on next line. If you add sections, please update the
22 summary below for easier searching.
23
24
25Summary
26-------
27
281. Quick reminder about HTTP
291.1. The HTTP transaction model
301.2. HTTP request
311.2.1. The Request line
321.2.2. The request headers
331.3. HTTP response
341.3.1. The Response line
351.3.2. The response headers
36
372. Configuring HAProxy
382.1. Configuration file format
392.2. Time format
40
413. Global parameters
423.1. Process management and security
433.2. Performance tuning
443.3. Debugging
45
464. Proxies
474.1. Proxy keywords matrix
484.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
49
505. Server options
51
526. HTTP header manipulation
53
547. Using ACLs
557.1. Matching integers
567.2. Matching strings
577.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
587.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
597.5. Available matching criteria
607.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
617.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
627.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
637.6. Pre-defined ACLs
647.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
65
668. Logging
678.1. Log levels
688.2. Log formats
698.2.1. Default log format
708.2.2. TCP log format
718.2.3. HTTP log format
728.3. Advanced logging options
738.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
748.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
758.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
768.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
778.4. Timing events
788.5. Session state at disconnection
798.6. Non-printable characters
808.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
818.8. Capturing HTTP headers
828.9. Examples of logs
83
849. Statistics and monitoring
859.1. CSV format
869.2. Unix Socket commands
87
88
891. Quick reminder about HTTP
90----------------------------
91
92When haproxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are
93fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria
94on almost anything found in the contents.
95
96However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are
97formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write
98correct rules and to debug existing configurations.
99
100
1011.1. The HTTP transaction model
102-------------------------------
103
104The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead
105to one and only one response. Traditionnally, a TCP connection is established
106from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the
107connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request
108will involve a new connection :
109
110 [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ...
111
112In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection
113establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed
114by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content
115length.
116
117Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it
118to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode
119however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each
120response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special
121header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode :
122
123 [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ...
124
125Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing
126power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode,
127but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to
128a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode,
129but knows how to transform it to the close mode.
130
131A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses
132keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the
133second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a
134page :
135
136 [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ...
137
138This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network
139latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not
140correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with
141the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the
142server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received.
143
144Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to
145process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP
146connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still
147support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of
148each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs,
149content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence
150with cookie insertion.
151
152
1531.2. HTTP request
154-----------------
155
156First, let's consider this HTTP request :
157
158 Line Contents
159 number
160 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1
161 2 Host: www.mydomain.com
162 3 User-agent: my small browser
163 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif
164 5 Accept: image/png
165
166
1671.2.1. The Request line
168-----------------------
169
170Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
171
172 - a METHOD : GET
173 - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
174 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
175
176All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces),
177which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns
178followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and
179is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it
180desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to
181the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression.
182
183The URI itself can have several forms :
184
185 - A "relative URI" :
186
187 /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
188
189 It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is
190 received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies.
191
192 - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" :
193
194 http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
195
196 It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host
197 name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then
198 a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part.
199 This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1
200 must accept this form too.
201
202 - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS
203 method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's
204 capabilities.
205
206 - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80
207 This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP
208 tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for
209 other protocols too.
210
211In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question
212mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects
213on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string".
214It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very
215specific to the language, framework or application in use.
216
217
2181.2.2. The request headers
219--------------------------
220
221The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the
222beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally,
223an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values.
224Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the
225values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly
226encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if
227the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 1.2, lines 4 and 5
228define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header.
229
230Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and
231their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the
232"Connection:" header).
233
234The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say
235that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed
236is one valid form of empty line.
237
238Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing
239headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry
240about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an
241application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things.
242
243Important note:
244 As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks
245 in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This
246 is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work
247 correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs.
248
249
2501.3. HTTP response
251------------------
252
253An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP
254messages. Let's consider this HTTP response :
255
256 Line Contents
257 number
258 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK
259 2 Content-length: 350
260 3 Content-Type: text/html
261
262
2631.3.1. The Response line
264------------------------
265
266Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
267
268 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
269 - a status code : 200
270 - a reason : OK
271
272The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status :
273 - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206)
274 - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304)
275 - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404)
276 - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503)
277
278Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The
279"reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be
280found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established
281messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found",
282or "Authentication Required".
283
284Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself :
285
286 Code When / reason
287 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests
288 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
289 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
290 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
291 400 for an invalid or too large request
292 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when
293 accessing the stats page)
294 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter
295 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete
296 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a
297 memory allocation failure, which should never happen
298 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or
299 when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response.
300 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to
301 monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition
302 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds
303
304The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section
3054.2).
306
307
3081.3.2. The response headers
309---------------------------
310
311Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses
312the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 1.2.2 for more
313details.
314
315
3162. Configuring HAProxy
317----------------------
318
3192.1. Configuration file format
320------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200321
322HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters :
323
324 - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence
325 - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters
326 - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen",
327 "frontend" and "backend".
328
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100329The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword
330referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters
331delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be
332preceeded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be
333escaped by doubling them.
334
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200335
3362.2. Time format
337----------------
338
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100339Some parameters involve values representating time, such as timeouts. These
340values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated
341otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the
342numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated
343for every keyword. Supported units are :
344
345 - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second
346 - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default.
347 - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms
348 - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms
349 - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms
350 - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms
351
352
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003533. Global parameters
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200354--------------------
355
356Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They
357are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some
358of them have command-line equivalents.
359
360The following keywords are supported in the "global" section :
361
362 * Process management and security
363 - chroot
364 - daemon
365 - gid
366 - group
367 - log
368 - nbproc
369 - pidfile
370 - uid
371 - ulimit-n
372 - user
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200373 - stats
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200374
375 * Performance tuning
376 - maxconn
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100377 - maxpipes
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200378 - noepoll
379 - nokqueue
380 - nopoll
381 - nosepoll
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100382 - nosplice
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200383 - spread-checks
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100384 - tune.maxaccept
385 - tune.maxpollevents
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200386
387 * Debugging
388 - debug
389 - quiet
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200390
391
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003923.1. Process management and security
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200393------------------------------------
394
395chroot <jail dir>
396 Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before
397 dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown
398 vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the
399 attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started
400 with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both
401 empty and unwritable to anyone.
402
403daemon
404 Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of
405 operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be
406 disabled by the command line "-db" argument.
407
408gid <number>
409 Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group
410 ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
411 be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges.
412 See also "group" and "uid".
413
414group <group name>
415 Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group.
416 See also "gid" and "user".
417
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200418log <address> <facility> [max level [min level]]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200419 Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They
420 will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100421 configured with "log global".
422
423 <address> can be one of:
424
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100425 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100426 no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog
427 port).
428
429 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
430 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside
431 the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately
432 writeable).
433
434 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200435
436 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
437 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
438 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
439
440 An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default,
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200441 all messages are sent. If a maximum level is specified, only messages with a
442 severity at least as important as this level will be sent. An optional minimum
443 level can be specified. If it is set, logs emitted with a more severe level
444 than this one will be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending
445 "emerg" messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
446 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200447
448 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
449
450nbproc <number>
451 Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon"
452 mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode
453 of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per
454 process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
455 IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon".
456
457pidfile <pidfile>
458 Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to
459 the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user
460 starting the process. See also "daemon".
461
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200462stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>]
463 Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously
464 existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket
465 will get a CSV-formated output of the process statistics in response to the
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100466 "show stat" command followed by a line feed, more general process information
467 in response to the "show info" command followed by a line feed, and a
468 complete list of all existing sessions in response to the "show sess" command
469 followed by a line feed.
Willy Tarreaua8efd362008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100470
471 On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this
472 socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and
473 group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to
474 restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode"
475 keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on
476 the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the
477 user the process is started with.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200478
479stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds>
480 The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible
481 to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in
Willy Tarreaubefdff12007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100482 milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200483
484stats maxconn <connections>
485 By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is
486 possible to change this value with "stats maxconn".
487
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200488uid <number>
489 Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID
490 is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
491 be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another
492 one. See also "gid" and "user".
493
494ulimit-n <number>
495 Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By
496 default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this
497 option.
498
499user <user name>
500 Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd.
501 See also "uid" and "group".
502
503
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005043.2. Performance tuning
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200505-----------------------
506
507maxconn <number>
508 Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It
509 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting
510 connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is
511 automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n".
512
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100513maxpipes <number>
514 Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes
515 are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file
516 descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default
517 value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages.
518 The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back
519 to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance.
520
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200521noepoll
522 Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is
523 equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system
524 used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
525
526nokqueue
527 Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is
528 equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system
529 used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll".
530
531nopoll
532 Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the
533 command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100534 It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200535 platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and
536 "nokqueue".
537
538nosepoll
539 Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It
540 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system
541 used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
542
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100543nosplice
544 Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is
545 equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied
546 using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is
547 limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most verstions between
548 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not
549 be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in
550 case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and
551 "option splice-response".
552
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200553spread-checks <0..50, in percent>
554 Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact
555 intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same
556 physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add
557 some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between
558 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0.
559
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100560tune.maxaccept <number>
561 Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on
562 a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates,
563 while lower values give higher priority to already established connections.
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100564 This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100565 multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process
566 wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100567 part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100568 the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value.
569
570tune.maxpollevents <number>
571 Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to
572 the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It
573 has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease
574 latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200
575 tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth.
576
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200577
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005783.3. Debugging
579--------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200580
581debug
582 Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking
583 into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It
584 should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full
585 system startup.
586
587quiet
588 Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command-
589 line argument "-q".
590
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200591
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005924. Proxies
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200593----------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100594
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200595Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections :
596 - defaults <name>
597 - frontend <name>
598 - backend <name>
599 - listen <name>
600
601A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following
602its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults"
603section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults"
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100604section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200605
606A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client
607connections.
608
609A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect
610to forward incoming connections.
611
612A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend
613parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic.
614
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100615All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits,
616'-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are
617case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies.
618
619Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the
620logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two
621proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names.
622However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same
623name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered.
624
625Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4,
626and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards
627bidirectionnal traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the
628protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding,
629modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on
630arbitrary criteria.
631
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100632
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006334.1. Proxy keywords matrix
634--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100635
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200636The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a
637limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because
638they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally
639limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200640listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, eg. "no
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200641option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200642and must be disabled for a specific instance. Such options may also be prefixed
643with "default" in order to restore default settings regardless of what has been
644specified in a previous "defaults" section.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100645
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200646
647keyword defaults frontend listen backend
648----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
649acl - X X X
650appsession - - X X
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100651backlog X X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100652balance X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200653bind - X X -
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +0100654bind-process X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200655block - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100656capture cookie - X X -
657capture request header - X X -
658capture response header - X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100659clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100660contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200661cookie X - X X
662default_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100663disabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200664dispatch - - X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100665enabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200666errorfile X X X X
667errorloc X X X X
668errorloc302 X X X X
669errorloc303 X X X X
670fullconn X - X X
671grace - X X X
Willy Tarreaudbc36f62007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100672http-check disable-on-404 X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200673log X X X X
674maxconn X X X -
675mode X X X X
Willy Tarreauc7246fc2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100676monitor fail - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200677monitor-net X X X -
678monitor-uri X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100679[no] option abortonclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200680[no] option accept-invalid-
681 http-request X X X -
682[no] option accept-invalid-
683 http-response X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100684[no] option allbackups X - X X
685[no] option checkcache X - X X
686[no] option clitcpka X X X -
687[no] option contstats X X X -
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200688[no] option dontlog-normal X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100689[no] option dontlognull X X X -
690[no] option forceclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200691option forwardfor X X X X
692option httpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100693[no] option httpclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200694option httplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200695[no] option http_proxy X X X X
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200696[no] option log-separate-
697 errors X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100698[no] option logasap X X X -
699[no] option nolinger X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200700option originalto X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100701[no] option persist X - X X
702[no] option redispatch X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200703option smtpchk X - X X
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100704[no] option splice-auto X X X X
705[no] option splice-request X X X X
706[no] option splice-response X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100707[no] option srvtcpka X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200708option ssl-hello-chk X - X X
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200709[no] option tcp-smart-
710 accept X X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200711option tcpka X X X X
712option tcplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100713[no] option transparent X - X X
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +0200714persist rdp-cookie X - X X
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100715rate-limit sessions X X X -
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200716redirect - X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100717redisp X - X X (deprecated)
718redispatch X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200719reqadd - X X X
720reqallow - X X X
721reqdel - X X X
722reqdeny - X X X
723reqiallow - X X X
724reqidel - X X X
725reqideny - X X X
726reqipass - X X X
727reqirep - X X X
728reqisetbe - X X X
729reqitarpit - X X X
730reqpass - X X X
731reqrep - X X X
732reqsetbe - X X X
733reqtarpit - X X X
734retries X - X X
735rspadd - X X X
736rspdel - X X X
737rspdeny - X X X
738rspidel - X X X
739rspideny - X X X
740rspirep - X X X
741rsprep - X X X
742server - - X X
743source X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100744srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200745stats auth X - X X
746stats enable X - X X
747stats realm X - X X
Willy Tarreaubbd42122007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200748stats refresh X - X X
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200749stats scope X - X X
750stats uri X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzkid9db9272007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200751stats hide-version X - X X
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200752tcp-request content accept - X X -
753tcp-request content reject - X X -
754tcp-request inspect-delay - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100755timeout check X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100756timeout client X X X -
757timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
758timeout connect X - X X
759timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200760timeout http-request X X X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100761timeout queue X - X X
762timeout server X - X X
763timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau51c9bde2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100764timeout tarpit X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100765transparent X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200766use_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200767----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
768keyword defaults frontend listen backend
769
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100770
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007714.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
772---------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100773
774This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage.
775
776
777acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
778 Declare or complete an access list.
779 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
780 no | yes | yes | yes
781 Example:
782 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
783 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
784 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
785
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200786 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100787
788
789appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime>
790 Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie.
791 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
792 no | no | yes | yes
793 Arguments :
794 <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which
795 HAProxy will have to learn for each new session.
796
797 <length> this is the number of characters that will be memorized and
798 checked in each cookie value.
799
800 <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from
801 memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in
802 milliseconds.
803
804 When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when
805 the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and
806 associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from
807 the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this
808 cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter in the query
809 string. If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the server
810 associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is
811 applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been
812 unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>.
813
814 The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend.
815
816 Example :
817 appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h
818
819 See also : "cookie", "capture cookie" and "balance".
820
821
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100822backlog <conns>
823 Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size
824 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
825 yes | yes | yes | no
826 Arguments :
827 <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating
828 system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged
829 connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both.
830
831 In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase
832 the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just
833 tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and
834 sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of
835 the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value
836 to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can
837 sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this
838 backlog parameter.
839
840 On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is
841 used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of
842 two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768).
843
844 See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide.
845
846
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100847balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200848balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100849 Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend.
850 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
851 yes | no | yes | yes
852 Arguments :
853 <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load
854 balancing. This only applies when no persistence information
855 is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another
856 server. <algorithm> may be one of the following :
857
858 roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
859 This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's
860 processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm
861 is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted
862 on the fly for slow starts for instance.
863
Willy Tarreau2d2a7f82008-03-17 12:07:56 +0100864 leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the
865 connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers
866 of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use
867 of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are
868 expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well
869 suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This
870 algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be
871 adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance.
872
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100873 source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total
874 weight of the running servers to designate which server will
875 receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP
876 address will always reach the same server as long as no
877 server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the
878 number of running servers changing, many clients will be
879 directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally
880 used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also
881 be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickyness
882 to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is
883 static, which means that changing a server's weight on the
884 fly will have no effect.
885
886 uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed
887 and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The
888 result designates which server will receive the request. This
889 ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same
890 server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used
891 with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize
892 the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used
893 in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static, which means
894 that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no
895 effect.
896
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200897 This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and
898 "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These
899 options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers
900 based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter
901 indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many
902 characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash.
903 Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most
904 URIs start with a leading "/".
905
906 The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth
907 to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each
908 slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the
909 evaluation stops when either is reached.
910
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100911 url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200912 the query string of each HTTP GET request.
913
914 If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST
915 request entity will be searched for the parameter argument,
916 when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not
917 present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to
918 wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the
919 entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each
920 request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB
921 parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The
922 default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the
923 required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this
924 is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first
925 chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does
926 not need to wait for more data than the client promised to
927 send. When Content-Length is present and larger than
928 <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is
929 assumed that this will be enough data to search for the
930 presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that
931 Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is
932 scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may
933 be randomly balanced if at all.
934
935 If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and
936 a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total
937 weight of the running servers. The result designates which
938 server will receive the request.
939
940 This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure
941 that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as
942 long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if
943 the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is
944 applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP
945 backend. This algorithm is static, which means that changing a
946 server's weight on the fly will have no effect.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100947
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +0100948 hdr(name) The HTTP header <name> will be looked up in each HTTP request.
949 Just as with the equivalent ACL 'hdr()' function, the header
950 name in parenthesis is not case sensitive. If the header is
951 absent or if it does not contain any value, the round-robin
952 algorithm is applied instead.
953
954 An optionnal 'use_domain_only' parameter is available, for
955 reducing the hash algorithm to the main domain part with some
956 specific headers such as 'Host'. For instance, in the Host
957 value "haproxy.1wt.eu", only "1wt" will be considered.
958
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +0200959 rdp-cookie
960 rdp-cookie(name)
961 The RDP cookie <name> (or "mstshash" if omitted) will be
962 looked up and hashed for each incoming TCP request. Just as
963 with the equivalent ACL 'req_rdp_cookie()' function, the name
964 is not case-sensitive. This mechanism is useful as a degraded
965 persistence mode, as it makes it possible to always send the
966 same user (or the same session ID) to the same server. If the
967 cookie is not found, the normal round-robind algorithm is
968 used instead.
969
970 Note that for this to work, the frontend must ensure that an
971 RDP cookie is already present in the request buffer. For this
972 you must use 'tcp-request content accept' rule combined with
973 a 'req_rdp_cookie_cnt' ACL.
974
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100975 <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200976 algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an
977 optional argument.
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200978
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200979 balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200980 balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100981
Willy Tarreau3cd9af22009-03-15 14:06:41 +0100982 The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other
983 algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once
984 for each backend.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100985
986 Examples :
987 balance roundrobin
988 balance url_param userid
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200989 balance url_param session_id check_post 64
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +0100990 balance hdr(User-Agent)
991 balance hdr(host)
992 balance hdr(Host) use_domain_only
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200993
994 Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post"
995 extension with "url_param" must be considered :
996
997 - all POST requests are eligable for consideration, because there is no way
998 to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which
999 may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to
1000 restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in
1001 the body. (see acl reqideny http_end)
1002
1003 - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not
1004 make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and
1005 defaults to 16 kB.
1006
1007 - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably
1008 fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin.
1009
1010 - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to
1011 Round Robin.
1012
1013 - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk.
1014 If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the
1015 selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little
1016 actually appeared in the first chunk).
1017
1018 - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response.
1019
1020 - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire
1021 contents of a message body. Scaning normally terminates when linear
1022 white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what
1023 might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML
1024 type message bodies.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001025
1026 See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent" and "http_proxy".
1027
1028
1029bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...]
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001030bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface>
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001031bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] mss <maxseg>
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001032bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001033 Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend.
1034 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1035 no | yes | yes | no
1036 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001037 <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6
1038 address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will
1039 listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be
1040 listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's
1041 special address "0.0.0.0".
1042
1043 <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is
1044 mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port
1045 is always the number after the last colon (':').
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001046
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001047 <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently
1048 only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical
1049 interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all
1050 addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the
1051 incoming packet physically come through the designated
1052 interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to
1053 the same address if they are bound to different interfaces.
1054 Note that binding to a physical interface requires root
1055 privileges.
1056
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001057 <maxseg> is an optional TCP Maximum Segment Size (MSS) value to be
1058 advertised on incoming connections. This can be used to force
1059 a lower MSS for certain specific ports, for instance for
1060 connections passing through a VPN. Note that this relies on a
1061 kernel feature which is theorically supported under Linux but
1062 was buggy in all versions prior to 2.6.28. It may or may not
1063 work on other operating systems. The commonly advertised
1064 value on Ethernet networks is 1460 = 1500(MTU) - 40(IP+TCP).
1065
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001066 transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1067 Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound
1068 even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet
1069 targetting any of these addresses will be caught just as if
1070 the address was locally configured. This normally requires
1071 that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with
1072 the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for
1073 the specified port. This keyword is available only when
1074 HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001075
1076 It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by
1077 commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no
1078 fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in
1079 a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements
1080 in a frontend.
1081
1082 Example :
1083 listen http_proxy
1084 bind :80,:443
1085 bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443
1086
1087 See also : "source".
1088
1089
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +01001090bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ...
1091 Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers.
1092 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1093 yes | yes | yes | yes
1094 Arguments :
1095 all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It
1096 may be used to override a default value.
1097
1098 odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This
1099 option may be combined with other numbers.
1100
1101 even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This
1102 option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it
1103 with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be
1104 missing from all processes.
1105
1106 number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between
1107 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process
1108 number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise
1109 some instances might be missing from all processes.
1110
1111 This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This
1112 is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same
1113 ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set
1114 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd'
1115 and 'even' instances.
1116
1117 At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using
1118 this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please
1119 note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first
1120 32.
1121
1122 If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the
1123 backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes.
1124
1125 Example :
1126 listen app_ip1
1127 bind 10.0.0.1:80
1128 bind_process odd
1129
1130 listen app_ip2
1131 bind 10.0.0.2:80
1132 bind_process even
1133
1134 listen management
1135 bind 10.0.0.3:80
1136 bind_process 1 2 3 4
1137
1138 See also : "nbproc" in global section.
1139
1140
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001141block { if | unless } <condition>
1142 Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched
1143 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1144 no | yes | yes | yes
1145
1146 The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing
1147 if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001148 is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 7). This is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001149 typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some
1150 conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of
1151 "block" statements per instance.
1152
1153 Example:
1154 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
1155 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
1156 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
1157 block if invalid_src || local_dst
1158
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001159 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001160
1161
1162capture cookie <name> len <length>
1163 Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response.
1164 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1165 no | yes | yes | no
1166 Arguments :
1167 <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order
1168 to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal
1169 sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is
1170 useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name
1171 and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX).
1172
1173 <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which
1174 include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the
1175 standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the
1176 right if it exceeds <length>.
1177
1178 Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the
1179 "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to
1180 check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between
1181 users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page.
1182
1183 When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column
1184 will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the
1185 server, a "-" is reported in the response column.
1186
1187 The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that
1188 the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the
1189 backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one
1190 "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is
1191 configured in the souces by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to
1192 specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1193
1194 Example:
1195 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
1196
1197 See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001198 section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001199
1200
1201capture request header <name> len <length>
1202 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header.
1203 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1204 no | yes | yes | no
1205 Arguments :
1206 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001207 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001208 appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in
1209 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1210 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1211
1212 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1213 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1214 it exceeds <length>.
1215
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001216 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001217 value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers
1218 are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001219 in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent
1220 headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request
1221 header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the
1222 "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly
1223 differenciate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied
1224 environments to find where the request came from.
1225
1226 Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be
1227 logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what
1228 you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the
1229 braces.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001230
1231 There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture
1232 is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a
1233 same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not
1234 possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1235
1236 Example:
1237 capture request header Host len 15
1238 capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15
1239 capture request header Referrer len 15
1240
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001241 See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001242 about logging.
1243
1244
1245capture response header <name> len <length>
1246 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header.
1247 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1248 no | yes | yes | no
1249 Arguments :
1250 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001251 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001252 appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in
1253 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1254 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1255
1256 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1257 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1258 it exceeds <length>.
1259
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001260 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001261 result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured
1262 request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by
1263 a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001264 the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty
1265 string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length"
1266 header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the
1267 "Location" header to track redirections.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001268
1269 There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each
1270 capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent
1271 for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It
1272 is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1273
1274 Example:
1275 capture response header Content-length len 9
1276 capture response header Location len 15
1277
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001278 See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001279 about logging.
1280
1281
1282clitimeout <timeout>
1283 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
1284 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1285 yes | yes | yes | no
1286 Arguments :
1287 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1288 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1289 as explained at the top of this document.
1290
1291 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
1292 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
1293 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
1294 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
1295 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
1296 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
1297 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
1298 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001299 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001300 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
1301 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
1302
1303 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
1304 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1305 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1306 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1307 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
1308 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1309
1310 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
1311 Please use "timeout client" instead.
1312
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01001313 See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and
1314 "srvtimeout".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001315
1316
1317contimeout <timeout>
1318 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
1319 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1320 yes | no | yes | yes
1321 Arguments :
1322 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1323 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1324 as explained at the top of this document.
1325
1326 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001327 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001328 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
1329 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
1330 connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one
1331 has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the
1332 tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend.
1333
1334 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
1335 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1336 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1337 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1338 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
1339 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1340
1341 This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently
1342 deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit"
1343 instead.
1344
1345 See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit",
1346 "timeout server", "contimeout".
1347
1348
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02001349cookie <name> [ rewrite | insert | prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ]
1350 [ postonly ] [ domain <domain> ]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001351 Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend.
1352 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1353 yes | no | yes | yes
1354 Arguments :
1355 <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or
1356 inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to
1357 the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is
1358 brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests.
1359 Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not
1360 conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same
1361 backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg:
1362 HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names
1363 between all backends if persistence between them is not desired.
1364
1365 rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the
1366 server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the
1367 server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management
1368 of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control"
1369 headers is left to the application. The application can then
1370 decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence
1371 cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only
1372 works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is
1373 very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this
1374 mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with
1375 "insert" and "prefix".
1376
1377 insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to
1378 be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a
1379 cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this
1380 reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations
1381 running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session
1382 cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to
1383 caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and
1384 "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert"
1385 keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix".
1386
1387 prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated
1388 cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed.
1389 This may be needed in some specific environments where the client
1390 does not support more than one single cookie and the application
1391 already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie
1392 named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier
1393 and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client
1394 requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted.
1395 Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified,
1396 this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is
1397 not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert".
1398
1399 indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only
1400 be added when the server was not reached after a direct access,
1401 which means that only when a server is elected after applying a
1402 load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie
1403 will be inserted. If the client has all the required information
1404 to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will
1405 be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in
1406 insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests
1407 transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes
1408 totally transparent from the application point of view.
1409
1410 nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode
1411 when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it
1412 ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if
1413 a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all
1414 persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for
1415 instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an
1416 outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie,
1417 leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others.
1418 See also the "insert" and "postonly" options.
1419
1420 postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed
1421 on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the
1422 "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so
1423 this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached.
1424 Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the
1425 first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very
1426 efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a
1427 persistence cookie in the cache.
1428 See also the "insert" and "nocache" options.
1429
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001430 domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is
1431 inserted. It requires exactly one paramater: a valid domain
1432 name.
1433
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001434 There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be
1435 declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value
1436 indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie
1437 is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001438
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001439 Examples :
1440 cookie JSESSIONID prefix
1441 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
1442 cookie SRV insert postonly indirect
1443
1444 See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server".
1445
1446
1447default_backend <backend>
1448 Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched.
1449 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1450 yes | yes | yes | no
1451 Arguments :
1452 <backend> is the name of the backend to use.
1453
1454 When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the
1455 "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be
1456 used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which
1457 will catch all undetermined requests.
1458
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001459 Example :
1460
1461 use_backend dynamic if url_dyn
1462 use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img
1463 default_backend dynamic
1464
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001465 See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe"
1466
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001467
1468disabled
1469 Disable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1470 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1471 yes | yes | yes | yes
1472 Arguments : none
1473
1474 The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to
1475 liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance
1476 will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be
1477 created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It
1478 will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It
1479 is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled"
1480 keyword in a "defaults" section.
1481
1482 See also : "enabled"
1483
1484
1485enabled
1486 Enable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1487 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1488 yes | yes | yes | yes
1489 Arguments : none
1490
1491 The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the
1492 defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used.
1493
1494 See also : "disabled"
1495
1496
1497errorfile <code> <file>
1498 Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1499 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1500 yes | yes | yes | yes
1501 Arguments :
1502 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1503 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1504
1505 <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001506 recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001507 the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001508 error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read
1509 before any chroot is performed.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001510
1511 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1512 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1513 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1514
1515 The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such
1516 as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies,
1517 force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error
1518 files returning the same contents as default errors.
1519
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001520 The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which
1521 generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise
1522 not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid
1523 loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an
1524 error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is
1525 recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone.
1526
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001527 The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory.
1528 For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is
1529 chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01001530 simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001531 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL.
1532
1533 See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303"
1534
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001535 Example :
1536 errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http
1537 errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http
1538 errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http
1539
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001540
1541errorloc <code> <url>
1542errorloc302 <code> <url>
1543 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1544 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1545 yes | yes | yes | yes
1546 Arguments :
1547 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1548 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1549
1550 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1551 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1552 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1553 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1554 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1555
1556 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1557 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1558 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1559
1560 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the
1561 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be
1562 quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL
1563 sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To
1564 workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303
1565 status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET
1566 request.
1567
1568 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303"
1569
1570
1571errorloc303 <code> <url>
1572 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1573 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1574 yes | yes | yes | yes
1575 Arguments :
1576 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1577 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1578
1579 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1580 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1581 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1582 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1583 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1584
1585 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1586 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1587 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1588
1589 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the
1590 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This
1591 solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is
1592 possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001593 it, but no such problem has been reported till now.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001594
1595 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302"
1596
1597
1598fullconn <conns>
1599 Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn
1600 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1601 yes | no | yes | yes
1602 Arguments :
1603 <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the
1604 servers use the maximal number of connections.
1605
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001606 When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001607 of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001608 "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001609 load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections,
1610 never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both
1611 values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This
1612 makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but
1613 push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during
1614 exceptionnal loads.
1615
1616 Example :
1617 # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each
1618 # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000
1619 # connections.
1620 backend dynamic
1621 fullconn 10000
1622 server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1623 server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1624
1625 See also : "maxconn", "server"
1626
1627
1628grace <time>
1629 Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop
1630 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1631 no | yes | yes | yes
1632 Arguments :
1633 <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance
1634 will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening
1635 when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal.
1636
1637 This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order.
1638 This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an
1639 external equipement fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time
1640 needed by the equipment to detect the failure.
1641
1642 Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter,
1643 and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than
1644 simplify it.
1645
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001646
1647http-check disable-on-404
1648 Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks
1649 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001650 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001651 Arguments : none
1652
1653 When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be
1654 excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent
1655 connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators
1656 to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note
1657 that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not
1658 generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it
1659 will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page
1660 reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this
1661 option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option.
1662
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001663 See also : "option httpchk"
1664
1665
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001666id <value>
1667 Set a persistent value for proxy ID. Must be unique and larger than 1000, as
1668 smaller values are reserved for auto-assigned ids.
1669
1670
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001671log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001672log <address> <facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]]
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001673 Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic.
1674 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1675 yes | yes | yes | yes
1676 Arguments :
1677 global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the
1678 same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global"
1679 replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log
1680 entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global"
1681 statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other
1682 parameter.
1683
1684 <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as
1685 for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of :
1686
1687 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP
1688 port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the
1689 standard syslog port).
1690
1691 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
1692 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible
1693 inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is
1694 appropriately writeable).
1695
1696 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
1697
1698 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
1699 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
1700 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
1701
1702 <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By
1703 default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only
1704 messages with a severity at least as important as this level
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001705 will be sent. An optional minimum level can be specified. If it
1706 is set, logs emitted with a more severe level than this one will
1707 be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending "emerg"
1708 messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
1709 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001710
1711 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
1712
1713 Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if
1714 "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log
1715 entries, then additional log entries will be ignored.
1716
1717 Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001718 what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log
1719 entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level
1720 "info".
1721
1722 However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes
1723 will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up,
1724 "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service
1725 termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down.
1726
1727 Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before
1728 being emitted.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001729
1730 Example :
1731 log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001732 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice # only send important events
1733 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice notice # same but limit output level
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001734
1735
1736maxconn <conns>
1737 Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend
1738 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1739 yes | yes | yes | no
1740 Arguments :
1741 <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will
1742 accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system
1743 in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection
1744 closes.
1745
1746 If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit
1747 very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the
1748 clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the
1749 global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers
1750 of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being
1751 consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped
1752 with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if
1753 properly tuned.
1754
1755 Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers
1756 are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise
1757 to assign them some reasonable connection limits.
1758
1759 See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn"
1760
1761
1762mode { tcp|http|health }
1763 Set the running mode or protocol of the instance
1764 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1765 yes | yes | yes | yes
1766 Arguments :
1767 tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection
1768 will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7
1769 examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It
1770 should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ...
1771
1772 http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be
1773 analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request
1774 which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering,
1775 processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which
1776 brings HAProxy most of its value.
1777
1778 health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK"
1779 to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be
1780 logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health
1781 checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as
1782 it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or
1783 HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword.
1784
1785 When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the
1786 backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration
1787 will be refused.
1788
1789 Example :
1790 defaults http_instances
1791 mode http
1792
1793 See also : "monitor", "monitor-net"
1794
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001795
1796monitor fail [if | unless] <condition>
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001797 Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001798 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1799 no | yes | yes | no
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001800 Arguments :
1801 if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied,
1802 and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a
1803 combinated test which must induce a failure if all conditions
1804 are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a
1805 backend and its backup.
1806
1807 unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is
1808 satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be
1809 based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active
1810 servers in a list of backends.
1811
1812 This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor
1813 request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries
1814 the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the
1815 conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is
1816 very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base
1817 routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by
1818 haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv"
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001819 criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001820
1821 Example:
1822 frontend www
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001823 mode http
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001824 acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2
1825 acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2
1826 monitor-uri /site_alive
1827 monitor fail if site_dead
1828
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001829 See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri"
1830
1831
1832monitor-net <source>
1833 Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests
1834 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1835 yes | yes | yes | no
1836 Arguments :
1837 <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to
1838 get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4
1839 address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/')
1840 followed by a mask.
1841
1842 In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause
1843 the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another
1844 equipement to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without
1845 forwarding the connection to a remote server.
1846
1847 In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be
1848 accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request,
1849 then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally
1850 enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and
1851 running without forwarding the request to a backend server.
1852
1853 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
1854 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
1855 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
1856 nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on
1857 requests caught by "monitor-net".
1858
1859 Example :
1860 # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us.
1861 frontend www
1862 monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31
1863
1864 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri"
1865
1866
1867monitor-uri <uri>
1868 Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests
1869 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1870 yes | yes | yes | no
1871 Arguments :
1872 <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's
1873 health status instead of forwarding the request.
1874
1875 When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend,
1876 HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either
1877 "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure
1878 conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any
1879 front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without
1880 forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the
1881 version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid
1882 at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend.
1883
1884 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
1885 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
1886 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
1887 nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using
1888 "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check
1889 can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend).
1890
1891 Example :
1892 # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status
1893 frontend www
1894 mode http
1895 monitor-uri /haproxy_test
1896
1897 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net"
1898
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001899
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001900option abortonclose
1901no option abortonclose
1902 Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues.
1903 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1904 yes | no | yes | yes
1905 Arguments : none
1906
1907 In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond.
1908 The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will
1909 increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session
1910 response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001911 often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001912 the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the
1913 request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error
1914 encountered while delivering the response.
1915
1916 As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output
1917 close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider
1918 that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for
1919 the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users
1920 do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at
1921 all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents
1922 support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most
1923 hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001924 to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001925 of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely
1926 low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while
1927 still not served and not pollute the servers.
1928
1929 In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option
1930 "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP
1931 compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is
1932 specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while
1933 it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or
1934 during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged
1935 the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load
1936 on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn
1937 reduces the response time for other users.
1938
1939 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
1940 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
1941
1942 See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters
1943
1944
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +02001945option accept-invalid-http-request
1946no option accept-invalid-http-request
1947 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing
1948 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1949 yes | yes | yes | no
1950 Arguments : none
1951
1952 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
1953 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
1954 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
1955 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
1956 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
1957 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
1958 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
1959 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
1960 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
1961
1962 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
1963 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
1964 been confirmed.
1965
1966 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
1967 requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later
1968 analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this
1969 also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
1970
1971 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
1972 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
1973
1974 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the
1975 stats socket.
1976
1977
1978option accept-invalid-http-response
1979no option accept-invalid-http-response
1980 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing
1981 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1982 yes | no | yes | yes
1983 Arguments : none
1984
1985 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
1986 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
1987 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
1988 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
1989 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
1990 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
1991 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
1992 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
1993 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
1994
1995 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
1996 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
1997 been confirmed.
1998
1999 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2000 responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit
2001 later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket.
2002 Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2003
2004 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2005 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2006
2007 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the
2008 stats socket.
2009
2010
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002011option allbackups
2012no option allbackups
2013 Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one
2014 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2015 yes | no | yes | yes
2016 Arguments : none
2017
2018 By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal
2019 servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups
2020 at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled,
2021 the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal
2022 ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the
2023 servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority
2024 order between the backup servers anymore.
2025
2026 This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a
2027 "sorry" page when an application is completely offline.
2028
2029 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2030 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2031
2032
2033option checkcache
2034no option checkcache
2035 Analyze all server responses and block requests with cachable cookies
2036 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2037 yes | no | yes | yes
2038 Arguments : none
2039
2040 Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not
2041 always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should
2042 be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cachable object, there is a
2043 high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same
2044 caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let
2045 some sensible session information go in the wild.
2046
2047 The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for
2048 strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cachability. It
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002049 carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002050 response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side
2051 proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002052 to the client are :
2053 - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002054 - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410,
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002055 provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002056 - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not
2057 set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ;
2058 - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header
2059 - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header
2060 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header
2061 - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header
2062 - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header
2063 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header
2064 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header
2065 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header
2066 (allowing other fields after set-cookie)
2067
2068 If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002069 just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway".
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002070 The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response
2071 during headers processing. Additionnaly, an alert will be sent in the logs so
2072 that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed.
2073
2074 Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested
2075 in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002076 good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002077 production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours.
2078
2079 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2080 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2081
2082
2083option clitcpka
2084no option clitcpka
2085 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side
2086 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2087 yes | yes | yes | no
2088 Arguments : none
2089
2090 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2091 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2092 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2093 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2094
2095 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2096 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2097 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2098 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2099
2100 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2101 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2102 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2103 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2104 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2105
2106 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2107
2108 Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2109 client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2110 noticed between HAProxy and a client.
2111
2112 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2113 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2114
2115 See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka"
2116
2117
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002118option contstats
2119 Enable continuous traffic statistics updates
2120 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2121 yes | yes | yes | no
2122 Arguments : none
2123
2124 By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented
2125 only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small
2126 objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or
2127 with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like
2128 a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously,
2129 during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so
2130 it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%).
2131
2132
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002133option dontlog-normal
2134no option dontlog-normal
2135 Enable or disable logging of normal, successful connections
2136 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2137 yes | yes | yes | no
2138 Arguments : none
2139
2140 There are large sites dealing with several thousand connections per second
2141 and for which logging is a major pain. Some of them are even forced to turn
2142 logs off and cannot debug production issues. Setting this option ensures that
2143 normal connections, those which experience no error, no timeout, no retry nor
2144 redispatch, will not be logged. This leaves disk space for anomalies. In HTTP
2145 mode, the response status code is checked and return codes 5xx will still be
2146 logged.
2147
2148 It is strongly discouraged to use this option as most of the time, the key to
2149 complex issues is in the normal logs which will not be logged here. If you
2150 need to separate logs, see the "log-separate-errors" option instead.
2151
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002152 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "log-separate-errors" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002153 logging.
2154
2155
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002156option dontlognull
2157no option dontlognull
2158 Enable or disable logging of null connections
2159 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2160 yes | yes | yes | no
2161 Arguments : none
2162
2163 In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to
2164 various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from
2165 another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a
2166 simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute
2167 the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate
2168 that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged,
2169 which typically corresponds to those probes.
2170
2171 It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled
2172 environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities
2173 would not be logged.
2174
2175 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2176 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2177
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002178 See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002179
2180
2181option forceclose
2182no option forceclose
2183 Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred.
2184 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2185 yes | no | yes | yes
2186 Arguments : none
2187
2188 Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive
2189 the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not
2190 close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This
2191 causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high
2192 global session times in the logs.
2193
2194 When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will
2195 actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server begins to
2196 reply and only if the request buffer is empty. Note that this should NOT be
2197 used if CONNECT requests are expected between the client and the server. This
2198 option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option.
2199
2200 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2201 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2202
2203 See also : "option httpclose"
2204
2205
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002206option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002207 Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers
2208 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2209 yes | yes | yes | yes
2210 Arguments :
2211 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2212 matching <network>
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002213 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For"
2214 header name.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002215
2216 Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as
2217 their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address
2218 is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header
2219 "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server.
2220 This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this
2221 header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server
2222 must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002223 the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note
2224 that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2225 possible that the client has already brought one.
2226
2227 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2228 the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already
2229 have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel),
2230 and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the
2231 "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers
2232 require "X-Cluster-Client-IP").
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002233
2234 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2235 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2236 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2237 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2238 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2239 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2240 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2241
2242 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002243 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2244 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2245 both are defined.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002246
2247 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2248 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2249 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2250 when using this option.
2251
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002252 Examples :
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002253 # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine
2254 frontend www
2255 mode http
2256 option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header
2257
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002258 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client
2259 backend www
2260 mode http
2261 option forwardfor header X-Client
2262
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002263 See also : "option httpclose"
2264
2265
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002266option httpchk
2267option httpchk <uri>
2268option httpchk <method> <uri>
2269option httpchk <method> <uri> <version>
2270 Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health
2271 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2272 yes | no | yes | yes
2273 Arguments :
2274 <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set,
2275 the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server
2276 processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method
2277 may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard
2278 ones.
2279
2280 <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / "
2281 which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be
2282 changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted.
2283
2284 <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0"
2285 but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning
2286 it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is
2287 mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it
2288 after "\r\n" following the version string.
2289
2290 By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP
2291 connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is
2292 sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are
2293 considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including
2294 the lack of any response.
2295
2296 The port and interval are specified in the server configuration.
2297
2298 This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with
2299 plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound
2300 to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon.
2301
2302 Examples :
2303 # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability
2304 # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80.
2305 backend https_relay
2306 mode tcp
Willy Tarreauebaf21a2008-03-21 20:17:14 +01002307 option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002308 server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80
2309
2310 See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "http-check" and the
2311 "check", "port" and "interval" server options.
2312
2313
2314option httpclose
2315no option httpclose
2316 Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing
2317 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2318 yes | yes | yes | yes
2319 Arguments : none
2320
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002321 As stated in section 1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002322 mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it
2323 will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To
2324 workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It
2325 will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction,
2326 and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively
2327 closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to
2328 the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also
2329 be removed.
2330
2331 It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not
2332 close the connection eventough they reply "Connection: close". For this
2333 reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this
2334 happens it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes
2335 the request connection once the server responds.
2336
2337 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2338 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
2339 If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose".
2340
2341 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2342 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2343
2344 See also : "option forceclose"
2345
2346
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002347option httplog [ clf ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002348 Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers
2349 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2350 yes | yes | yes | yes
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002351 Arguments :
2352 clf if the "clf" argument is added, then the output format will be
2353 the CLF format instead of HAProxy's default HTTP format. You can
2354 use this when you need to feed HAProxy's logs through a specific
2355 log analyser which only support the CLF format and which is not
2356 extensible.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002357
2358 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2359 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2360 "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including,
2361 but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session
2362 status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the
2363 frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and
2364 ports.
2365
2366 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2367
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002368 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2369 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. Specifying
2370 only "option httplog" will automatically clear the 'clf' mode if it was set
2371 by default.
2372
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002373 See also : section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002374
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002375
2376option http_proxy
2377no option http_proxy
2378 Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode
2379 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2380 yes | yes | yes | yes
2381 Arguments : none
2382
2383 It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands
2384 basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case,
2385 it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy"
2386 set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to
2387 the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme.
2388
2389 No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP
2390 addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited,
2391 it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last,
2392 if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be
2393 needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly
2394 be analyzed.
2395
2396 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2397 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2398
2399 Example :
2400 # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly.
2401 backend direct_forward
2402 option httpclose
2403 option http_proxy
2404
2405 See also : "option httpclose"
2406
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002407
2408option log-separate-errors
2409no option log-separate-errors
2410 Change log level for non-completely successful connections
2411 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2412 yes | yes | yes | no
2413 Arguments : none
2414
2415 Sometimes looking for errors in logs is not easy. This option makes haproxy
2416 raise the level of logs containing potentially interesting information such
2417 as errors, timeouts, retries, redispatches, or HTTP status codes 5xx. The
2418 level changes from "info" to "err". This makes it possible to log them
2419 separately to a different file with most syslog daemons. Be careful not to
2420 remove them from the original file, otherwise you would lose ordering which
2421 provides very important information.
2422
2423 Using this option, large sites dealing with several thousand connections per
2424 second may log normal traffic to a rotating buffer and only archive smaller
2425 error logs.
2426
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002427 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "dontlog-normal" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002428 logging.
2429
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002430
2431option logasap
2432no option logasap
2433 Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests
2434 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2435 yes | yes | yes | no
2436 Arguments : none
2437
2438 By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total
2439 transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects
2440 are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the
2441 logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server
2442 sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be
2443 the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount
2444 of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002445 time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002446 "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many
2447 bytes are expected to be transferred.
2448
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01002449 Examples :
2450 listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80
2451 mode http
2452 option httplog
2453 option logasap
2454 log 192.168.2.200 local3
2455
2456 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
2457 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
2458 static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \
2459 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
2460
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002461 See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002462 logging.
2463
2464
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002465option nolinger
2466no option nolinger
2467 Enable or disable immediate session ressource cleaning after close
2468 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2469 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002470 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002471
2472 When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are
2473 physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is
2474 closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system,
2475 using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer
2476 connections.
2477
2478 When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces
2479 the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus,
2480 the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has
2481 side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits
2482 getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about
2483 this too.
2484
2485 For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely
2486 needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1
2487 sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count).
2488
2489 This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side
2490 where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend
2491 for servers.
2492
2493 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2494 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2495
2496
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002497option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
2498 Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers
2499 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2500 yes | yes | yes | yes
2501 Arguments :
2502 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2503 matching <network>
2504 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To"
2505 header name.
2506
2507 Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can
2508 be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a
2509 complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will
2510 be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip
2511 addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be
2512 added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a
2513 value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be
2514 configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that
2515 only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2516 possible that the client has already brought one.
2517
2518 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2519 the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already
2520 have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need
2521 preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To"
2522 header and requires different one.
2523
2524 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2525 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2526 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2527 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2528 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2529 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2530 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2531
2532 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
2533 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2534 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2535 both are defined.
2536
2537 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2538 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2539 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2540 when using this option.
2541
2542 Examples :
2543 # Original Destination address
2544 frontend www
2545 mode http
2546 option originalto except 127.0.0.1
2547
2548 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst
2549 backend www
2550 mode http
2551 option originalto header X-Client-Dst
2552
2553 See also : "option httpclose"
2554
2555
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002556option persist
2557no option persist
2558 Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers
2559 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2560 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002561 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002562
2563 When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead
2564 server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to
2565 force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist"
2566 if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme
2567 load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be
2568 directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be
2569 correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction
2570 with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to
2571 the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be
2572 redirected to another valid server.
2573
2574 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2575 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2576
2577 See also : "option redispatch", "retries"
2578
2579
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002580option redispatch
2581no option redispatch
2582 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
2583 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2584 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002585 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002586
2587 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
2588 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
2589 be able to access the service anymore.
2590
2591 Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their
2592 persistence and redistribute them to a working server.
2593
2594 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
2595 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
2596 value.
2597
2598 This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and
2599 "redisp" keywords.
2600
2601 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2602 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2603
2604 See also : "redispatch", "retries"
2605
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002606
2607option smtpchk
2608option smtpchk <hello> <domain>
2609 Use SMTP health checks for server testing
2610 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2611 yes | no | yes | yes
2612 Arguments :
2613 <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can
2614 be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other
2615 values will be turned into the default command ("HELO").
2616
2617 <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be
2618 specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been
2619 specified. By default, "localhost" is used.
2620
2621 When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP
2622 connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is
2623 "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes
2624 starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses,
2625 including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a
2626 dead server.
2627
2628 This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the
2629 request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt,
2630 so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port
2631 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration.
2632
2633 Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for
2634 various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When
2635 possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
2636 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
2637 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in.
2638
2639 Example :
2640 option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org
2641
2642 See also : "option httpchk", "source"
2643
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002644
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01002645option splice-auto
2646no option splice-auto
2647 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions
2648 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2649 yes | yes | yes | yes
2650 Arguments : none
2651
2652 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2653 will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to
2654 forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy
2655 uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or
2656 not. Both directions are handled independantly. Note that the heuristics used
2657 are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This
2658 option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally
2659 disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it
2660 requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2661
2662 Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which
2663 first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to
2664 transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus
2665 providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many
2666 early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this
2667 feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care.
2668 While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation,
2669 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In
2670 case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice"
2671 keyword.
2672
2673 Example :
2674 option splice-auto
2675
2676 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2677 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2678
2679 See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global
2680 options "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2681
2682
2683option splice-request
2684no option splice-request
2685 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests
2686 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2687 yes | yes | yes | yes
2688 Arguments : none
2689
2690 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2691 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2692 the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2693 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2694 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2695 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2696
2697 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2698
2699 Example :
2700 option splice-request
2701
2702 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2703 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2704
2705 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options
2706 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2707
2708
2709option splice-response
2710no option splice-response
2711 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses
2712 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2713 yes | yes | yes | yes
2714 Arguments : none
2715
2716 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2717 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2718 the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2719 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2720 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2721 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2722
2723 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2724
2725 Example :
2726 option splice-response
2727
2728 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2729 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2730
2731 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options
2732 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2733
2734
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002735option srvtcpka
2736no option srvtcpka
2737 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side
2738 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2739 yes | no | yes | yes
2740 Arguments : none
2741
2742 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2743 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2744 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2745 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2746
2747 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2748 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2749 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2750 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2751
2752 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2753 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2754 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2755 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2756 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2757
2758 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2759
2760 Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2761 server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2762 noticed between HAProxy and a server.
2763
2764 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2765 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2766
2767 See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka"
2768
2769
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002770option ssl-hello-chk
2771 Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing
2772 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2773 yes | no | yes | yes
2774 Arguments : none
2775
2776 When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is
2777 possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing
2778 that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure
2779 SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to
2780 the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message.
2781 The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server
2782 hello message.
2783
2784 All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages,
2785 and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello
2786 messages, which is appreciable.
2787
2788 See also: "option httpchk"
2789
2790
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02002791option tcp-smart-accept
2792no option tcp-smart-accept
2793 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the accept sequence
2794 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2795 yes | yes | yes | no
2796 Arguments : none
2797
2798 When an HTTP connection request comes in, the system acknowledges it on
2799 behalf of HAProxy, then the client immediately sends its request, and the
2800 system acknowledges it too while it is notifying HAProxy about the new
2801 connection. HAProxy then reads the request and responds. This means that we
2802 have one TCP ACK sent by the system for nothing, because the request could
2803 very well be acknowledged by HAProxy when it sends its response.
2804
2805 For this reason, in HTTP mode, HAProxy automatically asks the system to avoid
2806 sending this useless ACK on platforms which support it (currently at least
2807 Linux). It must not cause any problem, because the system will send it anyway
2808 after 40 ms if the response takes more time than expected to come.
2809
2810 During complex network debugging sessions, it may be desirable to disable
2811 this optimization because delayed ACKs can make troubleshooting more complex
2812 when trying to identify where packets are delayed. It is then possible to
2813 fall back to normal behaviour by specifying "no option tcp-smart-accept".
2814
2815 It is also possible to force it for non-HTTP proxies by simply specifying
2816 "option tcp-smart-accept". For instance, it can make sense with some services
2817 such as SMTP where the server speaks first.
2818
2819 It is recommended to avoid forcing this option in a defaults section. In case
2820 of doubt, consider setting it back to automatic values by prepending the
2821 "default" keyword before it, or disabling it using the "no" keyword.
2822
Willy Tarreaud88edf22009-06-14 15:48:17 +02002823 See also : "option tcp-smart-connect"
2824
2825
2826option tcp-smart-connect
2827no option tcp-smart-connect
2828 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the connect sequence
2829 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2830 yes | no | yes | yes
2831 Arguments : none
2832
2833 On certain systems (at least Linux), HAProxy can ask the kernel not to
2834 immediately send an empty ACK upon a connection request, but to directly
2835 send the buffer request instead. This saves one packet on the network and
2836 thus boosts performance. It can also be useful for some servers, because they
2837 immediately get the request along with the incoming connection.
2838
2839 This feature is enabled when "option tcp-smart-connect" is set in a backend.
2840 It is not enabled by default because it makes network troubleshooting more
2841 complex.
2842
2843 It only makes sense to enable it with protocols where the client speaks first
2844 such as HTTP. In other situations, if there is no data to send in place of
2845 the ACK, a normal ACK is sent.
2846
2847 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2848 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2849
2850 See also : "option tcp-smart-accept"
2851
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02002852
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002853option tcpka
2854 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides
2855 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2856 yes | yes | yes | yes
2857 Arguments : none
2858
2859 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2860 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2861 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2862 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2863
2864 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2865 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2866 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2867 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2868
2869 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2870 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2871 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2872 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2873 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2874
2875 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2876
2877 Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both
2878 the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful
2879 only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a
2880 frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is
2881 used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this
2882 reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and
2883 "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and
2884 backends.
2885
2886 See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka"
2887
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002888
2889option tcplog
2890 Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers
2891 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2892 yes | yes | yes | yes
2893 Arguments : none
2894
2895 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2896 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2897 "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but
2898 not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections
2899 numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source
2900 address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to
2901 find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP
2902 proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete.
2903
2904 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2905
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002906 See also : "option httplog", and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002907
2908
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002909option transparent
2910no option transparent
2911 Enable client-side transparent proxying
2912 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01002913 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002914 Arguments : none
2915
2916 This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3
2917 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
2918 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
2919 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
2920 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
2921 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
2922 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
2923 appropriate server.
2924
2925 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
2926 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
2927
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002928 See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the
2929 "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002930
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002931
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02002932persist rdp-cookie
2933persist rdp-cookie(name)
2934 Enable RDP cookie-based persistence
2935 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2936 yes | no | yes | yes
2937 Arguments :
2938 <name> is the optional name of the RDP cookie to check. If omitted, the
2939 default cookie name "mstshash" will be used. There currently is
2940 no valid reason to change this name.
2941
2942 This statement enables persistence based on an RDP cookie. The RDP cookie
2943 contains all information required to find the server in the list of known
2944 servers. So when this option is set in the backend, the request is analysed
2945 and if an RDP cookie is found, it is decoded. If it matches a known server
2946 which is still UP (or if "option persist" is set), then the connection is
2947 forwarded to this server.
2948
2949 Note that this only makes sense in a TCP backend, but for this to work, the
2950 frontend must have waited long enough to ensure that an RDP cookie is present
2951 in the request buffer. This is the same requirement as with the "rdp-cookie"
2952 load-balancing method. Thus it is higly recommended to put all statements in
2953 a single "listen" section.
2954
2955 Example :
2956 listen tse-farm
2957 bind :3389
2958 # wait up to 5s for an RDP cookie in the request
2959 tcp-request inspect-delay 5s
2960 tcp-request content accept if RDP_COOKIE
2961 # apply RDP cookie persistence
2962 persist rdp-cookie
2963 # if server is unknown, let's balance on the same cookie.
2964 # alternatively, "balance leastconn" may be useful too.
2965 balance rdp-cookie
2966 server srv1 1.1.1.1:3389
2967 server srv2 1.1.1.2:3389
2968
2969 See also : "balance rdp-cookie", "tcp-request" and the "req_rdp_cookie" ACL.
2970
2971
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +01002972rate-limit sessions <rate>
2973 Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend
2974 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2975 yes | yes | yes | no
2976 Arguments :
2977 <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number
2978 of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend.
2979
2980 When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it
2981 stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again.
2982 During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog
2983 (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are
2984 pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make
2985 sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword.
2986
2987 This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks
2988 or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every
2989 millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately,
2990 no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold.
2991
2992 Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max
2993 listen smtp
2994 mode tcp
2995 bind :25
2996 rate-limit sessions 10
2997 server 127.0.0.1:1025
2998
2999 Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as
3000 "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated.
3001
3002 See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion.
3003
3004
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003005redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
3006redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003007 Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched
3008 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3009 no | yes | yes | yes
3010
3011 If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003012 response.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003013
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003014 Arguments :
3015 <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into
3016 the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the
3017 "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the
3018 complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query"
Willy Tarreaufe651a52008-11-19 21:15:17 +01003019 option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to>
3020 equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted
3021 before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same
3022 URL.
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003023
3024 <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection
3025 is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is
3026 used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and
3027 a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently"
3028 and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303
3029 is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the
3030 location with a GET method.
3031
3032 <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the
3033 expected behaviour of a redirection :
3034
3035 - "drop-query"
3036 When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the
3037 location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful
3038 for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect
3039 with a location-type redirect.
3040
3041 - "set-cookie NAME[=value]"
3042 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value")
3043 to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has
3044 been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other
3045 cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note
3046 that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is
3047 different from a cookie with an equal sign.
3048
3049 - "clear-cookie NAME[=]"
3050 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but
3051 with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to
3052 delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is
3053 important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a
3054 cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for
3055 that, because the browser makes the difference.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003056
3057 Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS.
3058 acl clear dst_port 80
3059 acl secure dst_port 8080
3060 acl login_page url_beg /login
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003061 acl logout url_beg /logout
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003062 acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003063 acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1
3064
3065 redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003066 redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure
3067 redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given
3068 redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003069 redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003070
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003071 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003072
3073
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003074redisp (deprecated)
3075redispatch (deprecated)
3076 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
3077 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3078 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003079 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003080
3081 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
3082 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
3083 be able to access the service anymore.
3084
3085 Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and
3086 redistribute them to a working server.
3087
3088 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
3089 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
3090 value.
3091
3092 This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new
3093 "option redispatch" instead.
3094
3095 See also : "option redispatch"
3096
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003097
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003098reqadd <string>
3099 Add a header at the end of the HTTP request
3100 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3101 no | yes | yes | yes
3102 Arguments :
3103 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3104 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003105 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003106
3107 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3108 the last header of an HTTP request.
3109
3110 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3111 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3112 responses.
3113
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003114 See also: "rspadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003115
3116
3117reqallow <search>
3118reqiallow <search> (ignore case)
3119 Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3120 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3121 no | yes | yes | yes
3122 Arguments :
3123 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3124 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3125 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3126 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3127 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3128 "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow"
3129 ignores case.
3130
3131 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3132 <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would
3133 result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3134 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3135 header names are not.
3136
3137 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3138 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3139
3140 Example :
3141 # allow www.* but refuse *.local
3142 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3143 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3144
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003145 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003146 manipulation
3147
3148
3149reqdel <search>
3150reqidel <search> (ignore case)
3151 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request
3152 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3153 no | yes | yes | yes
3154 Arguments :
3155 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3156 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3157 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3158 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3159 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel"
3160 keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case.
3161
3162 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request
3163 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3164 and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the
3165 next servers.
3166
3167 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3168 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3169 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3170
3171 Example :
3172 # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie
3173 reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.*
3174 reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER=
3175
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003176 See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003177 manipulation
3178
3179
3180reqdeny <search>
3181reqideny <search> (ignore case)
3182 Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3183 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3184 no | yes | yes | yes
3185 Arguments :
3186 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3187 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3188 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3189 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3190 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3191 "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores
3192 case.
3193
3194 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3195 <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would
3196 result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3197 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3198 header names are not.
3199
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003200 A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003201 complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003202 using ACLs.
3203
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003204 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3205 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3206
3207 Example :
3208 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*
3209 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3210 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3211
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003212 See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003213 header manipulation
3214
3215
3216reqpass <search>
3217reqipass <search> (ignore case)
3218 Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules
3219 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3220 no | yes | yes | yes
3221 Arguments :
3222 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3223 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3224 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3225 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3226 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3227 "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores
3228 case.
3229
3230 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3231 <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict.
3232 The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in
3233 mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3234
3235 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3236 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3237
3238 Example :
3239 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local"
3240 reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local
3241 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3242 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3243
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003244 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003245 header manipulation
3246
3247
3248reqrep <search> <string>
3249reqirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3250 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line
3251 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3252 no | yes | yes | yes
3253 Arguments :
3254 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3255 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3256 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3257 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3258 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep"
3259 keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case.
3260
3261 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3262 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3263 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3264 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003265 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003266
3267 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both
3268 the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>.
3269 Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers.
3270
3271 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3272 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3273 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3274 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in
3275 request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3276
3277 Example :
3278 # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path.
3279 reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2
3280 # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name.
3281 reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www
3282
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003283 See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003284 manipulation
3285
3286
3287reqtarpit <search>
3288reqitarpit <search> (ignore case)
3289 Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression
3290 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3291 no | yes | yes | yes
3292 Arguments :
3293 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3294 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3295 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3296 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3297 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3298 "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit"
3299 ignores case.
3300
3301 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3302 <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003303 be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so
3304 that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will
3305 be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003306 delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is
3307 not set.
3308
3309 The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with
3310 identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections
3311 and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to
3312 come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly
3313 efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls.
3314
3315 Example :
3316 # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but
3317 # block all others.
3318 reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE)
3319 reqitarpit ^User-Agent:
3320
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003321 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003322 manipulation
3323
3324
Willy Tarreaue5c5ce92008-06-20 17:27:19 +02003325retries <value>
3326 Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure
3327 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3328 yes | no | yes | yes
3329 Arguments :
3330 <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on
3331 a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The
3332 default value is 3.
3333
3334 It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of
3335 connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively
3336 been established to a server, there will be no more retry.
3337
3338 In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting,
3339 a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs.
3340
3341 When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another
3342 server even if a cookie references a different server.
3343
3344 See also : "option redispatch"
3345
3346
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003347rspadd <string>
3348 Add a header at the end of the HTTP response
3349 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3350 no | yes | yes | yes
3351 Arguments :
3352 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3353 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003354 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003355
3356 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3357 the last header of an HTTP response.
3358
3359 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3360 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3361 responses.
3362
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003363 See also: "reqadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003364
3365
3366rspdel <search>
3367rspidel <search> (ignore case)
3368 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response
3369 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3370 no | yes | yes | yes
3371 Arguments :
3372 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3373 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3374 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3375 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3376 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3377 The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel"
3378 ignores case.
3379
3380 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response
3381 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3382 and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the
3383 client.
3384
3385 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3386 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3387 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3388
3389 Example :
3390 # remove the Server header from responses
3391 reqidel ^Server:.*
3392
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003393 See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003394 manipulation
3395
3396
3397rspdeny <search>
3398rspideny <search> (ignore case)
3399 Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression
3400 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3401 no | yes | yes | yes
3402 Arguments :
3403 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3404 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3405 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3406 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3407 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3408 The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny"
3409 ignores case.
3410
3411 A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3412 <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the
3413 response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not
3414 case-sensitive.
3415
3416 Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003417 block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it
3418 will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves
3419 any sensitive data.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003420
3421 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3422 Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs.
3423
3424 Example :
3425 # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak
3426 rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word
3427
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003428 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003429 manipulation
3430
3431
3432rsprep <search> <string>
3433rspirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3434 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line
3435 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3436 no | yes | yes | yes
3437 Arguments :
3438 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3439 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3440 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3441 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3442 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3443 The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep"
3444 ignores case.
3445
3446 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3447 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3448 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3449 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003450 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003451
3452 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both
3453 the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with
3454 <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers.
3455
3456 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3457 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3458 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3459 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names
3460 are not case-sensitive.
3461
3462 Example :
3463 # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com"
3464 rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com
3465
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003466 See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003467 manipulation
3468
3469
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003470server <name> <address>[:port] [param*]
3471 Declare a server in a backend
3472 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3473 no | no | yes | yes
3474 Arguments :
3475 <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will
3476 appear in logs and alerts.
3477
3478 <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable
3479 hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during
3480 start-up.
3481
3482 <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will
3483 be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client
3484 connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+"
3485 or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by
3486 adding this value to the client's port.
3487
3488 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords
3489 accepts an important number of options and has a complete section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003490 dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003491
3492 Examples :
3493 server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000
3494 server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000
3495
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003496 See also : section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003497
3498
3499source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003500source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>]
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003501 Set the source address for outgoing connections
3502 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3503 yes | no | yes | yes
3504 Arguments :
3505 <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a
3506 server. This address is also used as a source for health checks.
3507 The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select
3508 the most appropriate address to reach its destination.
3509
3510 <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful
3511 in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02003512 the system will select a free port. Note that port ranges are not
3513 supported in the backend. If you want to force port ranges, you
3514 have to specify them on each "server" line.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003515
3516 <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are
3517 forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only
3518 supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is
3519 specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented
3520 with this address, while health checks will still use the address
3521 <addr>.
3522
3523 <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections
3524 are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above).
3525 The default value of zero means the system will select a free
3526 port.
3527
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003528 <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing
3529 traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only
3530 Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to
3531 this interface even if it is not the one the system would select
3532 based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care.
3533 Note that using this option requires root privileges.
3534
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003535 The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific
3536 address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a
3537 private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is
3538 known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself.
3539
3540 An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used
3541 through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the
3542 servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This
3543 is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination
3544 servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine
3545 running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine.
3546
3547 In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP
3548 address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more
3549 common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this,
3550 there are two methods :
3551
3552 - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent
3553 mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on
3554 the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different
3555 states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not
3556 limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all
3557 of the client ranges may be used.
3558
3559 - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This
3560 solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream
3561 firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside
3562 of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports.
3563 However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP
3564 connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the
3565 same session.
3566
3567 Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be
3568 required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an
3569 IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the
3570 IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing
3571 address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure
3572 forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation.
3573
3574 This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may
3575 also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification
3576 is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003577 section 5 for more information.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003578
3579 Examples :
3580 backend private
3581 # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address
3582 source 192.168.1.200
3583
3584 backend transparent_ssl1
3585 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address
3586 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3587
3588 backend transparent_ssl2
3589 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port
3590 # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine.
3591 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client
3592
3593 backend transparent_ssl3
3594 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It
3595 # is more conntrack-friendly.
3596 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3597
3598 backend transparent_smtp
3599 # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port
3600 # with Tproxy version 4.
3601 source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip
3602
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003603 See also : the "source" server option in section 5, the Tproxy patches for
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003604 the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword.
3605
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003606
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003607srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
3608 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
3609 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3610 yes | no | yes | yes
3611 Arguments :
3612 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3613 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3614 as explained at the top of this document.
3615
3616 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
3617 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
3618 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
3619 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
3620 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
3621 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
3622 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
3623
3624 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
3625 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
3626 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
3627 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
3628 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003629 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003630 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
3631 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
3632
3633 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
3634 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
3635 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
3636 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
3637 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
3638 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
3639
3640 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
3641 Please use "timeout server" instead.
3642
3643 See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout".
3644
3645
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003646stats auth <user>:<passwd>
3647 Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account
3648 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3649 yes | no | yes | yes
3650 Arguments :
3651 <user> is a user name to grant access to
3652
3653 <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user
3654
3655 This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access
3656 to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to
3657 allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics
3658 without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that
3659 the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real
3660 which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm".
3661
3662 Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords
3663 circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the
3664 configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users
3665 that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account.
3666
3667 It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the
3668 report using "stats scope".
3669
3670 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3671 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3672 unobvious parameters.
3673
3674 Example :
3675 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3676 backend public_www
3677 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3678 stats enable
3679 stats hide-version
3680 stats scope .
3681 stats uri /admin?stats
3682 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3683 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3684 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3685
3686 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3687 backend private_monitoring
3688 stats enable
3689 stats uri /admin?stats
3690 stats refresh 5s
3691
3692 See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri"
3693
3694
3695stats enable
3696 Enable statistics reporting with default settings
3697 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3698 yes | no | yes | yes
3699 Arguments : none
3700
3701 This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined
3702 at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used :
3703 - stats uri : /haproxy?stats
3704 - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics"
3705 - stats auth : no authentication
3706 - stats scope : no restriction
3707
3708 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3709 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3710 unobvious parameters.
3711
3712 Example :
3713 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3714 backend public_www
3715 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3716 stats enable
3717 stats hide-version
3718 stats scope .
3719 stats uri /admin?stats
3720 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3721 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3722 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3723
3724 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3725 backend private_monitoring
3726 stats enable
3727 stats uri /admin?stats
3728 stats refresh 5s
3729
3730 See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3731
3732
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003733stats node-name [ <name> ]
3734 Enable reporting of a host name on the statistics page.
3735 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3736 yes | no | yes | yes
3737 Arguments :
3738 <name> is an optional name to be reported. If unspecified, the system's
3739 hostname is automatically used instead.
3740
3741 The node-name is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped
3742 using a backslash ('\'). If it is left unspecified, the system's hostname is
3743 used instead.
3744
3745 This statement is useful in HA configurations where two or more processes or
3746 servers share a same IP address. By setting a different node-name on all
3747 nodes, it becomes easy to immediately spot what server is handling the
3748 traffic.
3749
3750 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3751 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3752 unobvious parameters.
3753
3754 Example :
3755 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3756 backend private_monitoring
3757 stats enable
3758 stats node-name master
3759 stats uri /admin?stats
3760 stats refresh 5s
3761
3762 See also : "stats enable", "stats uri"
3763
3764
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003765stats realm <realm>
3766 Enable statistics and set authentication realm
3767 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3768 yes | no | yes | yes
3769 Arguments :
3770 <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to
3771 the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up
3772 inviting the user to enter a valid username and password.
3773
3774 The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped
3775 using a backslash ('\').
3776
3777 This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is
3778 only related to authentication.
3779
3780 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3781 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3782 unobvious parameters.
3783
3784 Example :
3785 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3786 backend public_www
3787 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3788 stats enable
3789 stats hide-version
3790 stats scope .
3791 stats uri /admin?stats
3792 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3793 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3794 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3795
3796 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3797 backend private_monitoring
3798 stats enable
3799 stats uri /admin?stats
3800 stats refresh 5s
3801
3802 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri"
3803
3804
3805stats refresh <delay>
3806 Enable statistics with automatic refresh
3807 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3808 yes | no | yes | yes
3809 Arguments :
3810 <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will
3811 be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the
3812 browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it
3813 and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may
3814 be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the
3815 unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document.
3816
3817 This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page
3818 reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will
3819 include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether
3820 he wants automatic refresh of the page or not.
3821
3822 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3823 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3824 unobvious parameters.
3825
3826 Example :
3827 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3828 backend public_www
3829 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3830 stats enable
3831 stats hide-version
3832 stats scope .
3833 stats uri /admin?stats
3834 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3835 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3836 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3837
3838 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3839 backend private_monitoring
3840 stats enable
3841 stats uri /admin?stats
3842 stats refresh 5s
3843
3844 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3845
3846
3847stats scope { <name> | "." }
3848 Enable statistics and limit access scope
3849 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3850 yes | no | yes | yes
3851 Arguments :
3852 <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be
3853 reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the
3854 section in which the statement appears.
3855
3856 When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this
3857 statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This
3858 statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be
3859 reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string
3860 comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really
3861 exists.
3862
3863 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3864 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3865 unobvious parameters.
3866
3867 Example :
3868 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3869 backend public_www
3870 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3871 stats enable
3872 stats hide-version
3873 stats scope .
3874 stats uri /admin?stats
3875 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3876 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3877 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3878
3879 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3880 backend private_monitoring
3881 stats enable
3882 stats uri /admin?stats
3883 stats refresh 5s
3884
3885 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3886
3887
3888stats uri <prefix>
3889 Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them
3890 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3891 yes | no | yes | yes
3892 Arguments :
3893 <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This
3894 prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a
3895 query string.
3896
3897 The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a
3898 page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the
3899 selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be
3900 possible to reach it in the application.
3901
3902 The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be
3903 changed at build time, so it's better to always explictly specify it here.
3904 It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that
3905 intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string
3906 beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question
3907 mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words.
3908
3909 It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that
3910 statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate
3911 an address or a port to statistics only.
3912
3913 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3914 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3915 unobvious parameters.
3916
3917 Example :
3918 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3919 backend public_www
3920 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3921 stats enable
3922 stats hide-version
3923 stats scope .
3924 stats uri /admin?stats
3925 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3926 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3927 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3928
3929 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3930 backend private_monitoring
3931 stats enable
3932 stats uri /admin?stats
3933 stats refresh 5s
3934
3935 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm"
3936
3937
3938stats hide-version
3939 Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting
3940 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3941 yes | no | yes | yes
3942 Arguments : none
3943
3944 By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with
3945 the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally
3946 considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them
3947 target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version"
3948 statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended
3949 for public sites or any site with a weak login/password.
3950
3951 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3952 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3953 unobvious parameters.
3954
3955 Example :
3956 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3957 backend public_www
3958 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3959 stats enable
3960 stats hide-version
3961 stats scope .
3962 stats uri /admin?stats
3963 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3964 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3965 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3966
3967 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3968 backend private_monitoring
3969 stats enable
3970 stats uri /admin?stats
3971 stats refresh 5s
3972
3973 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3974
3975
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003976tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>]
3977 Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
3978 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3979 no | yes | yes | no
3980
3981 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the
3982 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
3983 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
3984 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
3985 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
3986 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
3987 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
3988 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
3989
3990 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
3991 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
3992
3993 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is
3994 "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another
3995 "reject" statement.
3996
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003997 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003998
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02003999 See also : "tcp-request content reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004000
4001
4002tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>]
4003 Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4004 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4005 no | yes | yes | no
4006
4007 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the
4008 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4009 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4010 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4011 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4012 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4013 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4014 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4015
4016 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
4017 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4018
4019 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to
4020 "accept".
4021
4022 Example:
4023 # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first
4024 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4025 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4026 tcp-request reject if content_present
4027
4028 # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks
4029 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4030 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4031 tcp-request accept if content_present
4032 tcp-request reject
4033
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004034 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004035
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004036 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004037
4038
4039tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout>
4040 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection
4041 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4042 no | yes | yes | no
4043 Arguments :
4044 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4045 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4046 as explained at the top of this document.
4047
4048 People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the
4049 risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In
4050 order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold
4051 the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of
4052 data for at most the specified amount of time.
4053
4054 Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole
4055 rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that
4056 those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementionned delay,
4057 a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the
Willy Tarreaud869b242009-03-15 14:43:58 +01004058 contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all
4059 and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information.
4060 Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such
4061 setups are not recommended.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004062
4063 As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If
4064 the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let
4065 it pass through unaffected.
4066
4067 For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients
4068 send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to
4069 cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense
4070 to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks
4071 before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing
4072 data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at
4073 least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first.
4074
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004075 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content reject",
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004076 "timeout client".
4077
4078
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004079timeout check <timeout>
4080 Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already
4081 established.
4082
4083 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4084 yes | no | yes | yes
4085 Arguments:
4086 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4087 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4088 as explained at the top of this document.
4089
4090 If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout
4091 for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is
4092 used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those
4093 who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks.
4094 Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of
4095 long "timeout connect".
4096
4097 If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check
4098 timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version.
4099
4100 In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal
4101 requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004102 be smaller than "timeout server".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004103
4104 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4105 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4106 forget about it.
4107
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004108 See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server",
4109 "timeout tarpit".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004110
4111
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004112timeout client <timeout>
4113timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4114 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
4115 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4116 yes | yes | yes | no
4117 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004118 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004119 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4120 as explained at the top of this document.
4121
4122 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
4123 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4124 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
4125 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
4126 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
4127 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
4128 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
4129 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004130 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004131 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
4132 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
4133
4134 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
4135 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4136 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4137 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4138 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4139 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4140
4141 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended
4142 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is
4143 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4144
4145 See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server".
4146
4147
4148timeout connect <timeout>
4149timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4150 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
4151 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4152 yes | no | yes | yes
4153 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004154 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004155 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4156 as explained at the top of this document.
4157
4158 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004159 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004160 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
4161 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004162 connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value
4163 if these have not been specified.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004164
4165 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4166 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4167 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4168 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4169 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
4170 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4171
4172 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended
4173 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is
4174 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4175
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004176 See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout",
4177 "timeout tarpit".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004178
4179
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004180timeout http-request <timeout>
4181 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request
4182 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004183 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004184 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004185 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004186 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4187 as explained at the top of this document.
4188
4189 In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum
4190 accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client
4191 timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which
4192 nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against
4193 this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the
4194 attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not
4195 trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client
4196 types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time.
4197
4198 Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and
4199 not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not
4200 used anymore.
4201
4202 Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the
4203 full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP
4204 retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will
4205 generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This
4206 will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet.
4207
4208 If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004209 chunk of the incoming request. It should be set in the frontend to take
4210 effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in which case the HTTP backend's
4211 timeout will be used.
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004212
4213 See also : "timeout client".
4214
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004215
4216timeout queue <timeout>
4217 Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free
4218 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4219 yes | no | yes | yes
4220 Arguments :
4221 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4222 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4223 as explained at the top of this document.
4224
4225 When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue
4226 which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait
4227 indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the
4228 timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be
4229 served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client.
4230
4231 The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to
4232 be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's
4233 connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility
4234 with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter.
4235
4236 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4237
4238
4239timeout server <timeout>
4240timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4241 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
4242 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4243 yes | no | yes | yes
4244 Arguments :
4245 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4246 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4247 as explained at the top of this document.
4248
4249 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
4250 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4251 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
4252 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
4253 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
4254 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
4255 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
4256
4257 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4258 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4259 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
4260 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
4261 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004262 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004263 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
4264 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
4265
4266 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4267 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4268 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4269 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4270 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4271 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4272
4273 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended
4274 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is
4275 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4276
4277 See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client".
4278
4279
4280timeout tarpit <timeout>
4281 Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained
4282 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4283 yes | yes | yes | yes
4284 Arguments :
4285 <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but
4286 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4287 as explained at the top of this document.
4288
4289 When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with
4290 no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit"
4291 defines how long it will be maintained open.
4292
4293 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4294 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4295 document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout
4296 ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions
4297 with no "timeout tapit" parameter.
4298
4299 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4300
4301
4302transparent (deprecated)
4303 Enable client-side transparent proxying
4304 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01004305 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004306 Arguments : none
4307
4308 This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer
4309 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
4310 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
4311 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
4312 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
4313 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
4314 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
4315 appropriate server.
4316
4317 The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead.
4318
4319 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
4320 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
4321
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004322 See also: "option transparent"
4323
4324
4325use_backend <backend> if <condition>
4326use_backend <backend> unless <condition>
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004327 Switch to a specific backend if/unless an ACL-based condition is matched.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004328 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4329 no | yes | yes | no
4330 Arguments :
4331 <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section.
4332
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004333 <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 7.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004334
4335 When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then
4336 dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The
4337 relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004338 "use_backend" keyword. While it is normally used with HTTP processing, it can
4339 also be used in pure TCP, either without content using stateless ACLs (eg:
4340 source address validation) or combined with a "tcp-request" rule to wait for
4341 some payload.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004342
4343 There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are
4344 evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will
4345 assign the backend.
4346
4347 In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the
4348 second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no
4349 condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used.
4350 If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are
4351 used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is
4352 used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned.
4353
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02004354 Note that it is possible to switch from a TCP frontend to an HTTP backend. In
4355 this case, etiher the frontend has already checked that the protocol is HTTP,
4356 and backend processing will immediately follow, or the backend will wait for
4357 a complete HTTP request to get in. This feature is useful when a frontend
4358 must decode several protocols on a unique port, one of them being HTTP.
4359
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004360 See also: "default_backend", "tcp-request", and section 7 about ACLs.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004361
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004362
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020043635. Server options
4364-----------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004365
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004366The "server" keyword supports a certain number of settings which are all passed
4367as arguments on the server line. The order in which those arguments appear does
4368not count, and they are all optional. Some of those settings are single words
4369(booleans) while others expect one or several values after them. In this case,
4370the values must immediately follow the setting name. All those settings must be
4371specified after the server's address if they are used :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004372
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004373 server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004374
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004375The currently supported settings are the following ones.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004376
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004377addr <ipv4>
4378 Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address
4379 to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP
4380 address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more
4381 suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if
4382 the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004383
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004384backup
4385 When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load
4386 balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming
4387 with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served
4388 though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless
4389 the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups"
4390 option.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004391
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004392check
4393 This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is
4394 always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive
4395 periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests.
4396 The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server,
4397 and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is
4398 possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the
4399 "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the
4400 interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The
4401 request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk",
4402 and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and parameters for
4403 more information.
4404
4405cookie <value>
4406 The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to
4407 <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first
4408 operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in
4409 cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie
4410 sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing
4411 the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and
4412 backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section.
4413
4414fall <count>
4415 The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after
4416 <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if
4417 unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters.
4418
4419id <value>
4420 Set a persistent value for server ID. Must be unique and larger than 1000, as
4421 smaller values are reserved for auto-assigned ids.
4422
4423inter <delay>
4424fastinter <delay>
4425downinter <delay>
4426 The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks
4427 to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms.
4428 It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays
4429 between checks depending on the server state :
4430
4431 Server state | Interval used
4432 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4433 UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter"
4434 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4435 Transitionally UP (going down), |
4436 Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4437 or yet unchecked. |
4438 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4439 DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4440 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4441
4442 Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any
4443 other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also
4444 serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is
4445 not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are
4446 hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started
4447 with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random
4448 noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks"
4449 keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same
4450 servers.
4451
4452maxconn <maxconn>
4453 The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent
4454 connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming
4455 concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting
4456 for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can
4457 save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn"
4458 parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0"
4459 which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and
4460 the backend's "fullconn" keyword.
4461
4462maxqueue <maxqueue>
4463 The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which
4464 will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next
4465 requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely
4466 waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to
4467 quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The
4468 default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the
4469 "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters.
4470
4471minconn <minconn>
4472 When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic
4473 limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least
4474 <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on
4475 the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn>
4476 concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the
4477 server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without
4478 overloading the server during exceptionnal loads. See also the "maxconn"
4479 and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword.
4480
4481port <port>
4482 Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to
4483 send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port
4484 to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable
4485 to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in
4486 inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not
4487 set. See also the "addr" parameter.
4488
4489redir <prefix>
4490 The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD
4491 requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy
4492 forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with
4493 the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the
4494 requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means
4495 that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests
4496 will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by
4497 the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header
4498 mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the respose. However, cookies in
4499 requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct
4500 users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in
4501 increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly
4502 connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a
4503 loop between the client and HAProxy!
4504
4505 Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check
4506
4507rise <count>
4508 The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational
4509 after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2
4510 if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters.
4511
4512slowstart <start_time_in_ms>
4513 The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which
4514 indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at
4515 full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered
4516 in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows
4517 linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two
4518 parameters :
4519
4520 - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1
4521 to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn).
4522
4523 - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight
4524 grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every
4525 health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter
4526 is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps.
4527
4528 The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause
4529 trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously
4530 seen as failed.
4531
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004532source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
4533source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [interface <name>] ...
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004534 The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when
4535 connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle
4536 as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server
4537 referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details.
4538
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004539 Additionally, the "source" statement on a server line allows one to specify a
4540 source port range by indicating the lower and higher bounds delimited by a
4541 dash ('-'). Some operating systems might require a valid IP address when a
4542 source port range is specified. It is permitted to have the same IP/range for
4543 several servers. Doing so makes it possible to bypass the maximum of 64k
4544 total concurrent connections. The limit will then reach 64k connections per
4545 server.
4546
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004547track [<proxy>/]<server>
4548 This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by
4549 tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked
4550 so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another
4551 one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is
4552 used, it has to be enabled on both proxies.
4553
4554weight <weight>
4555 The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to
4556 other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight
4557 relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the
Willy Tarreau6704d672009-06-15 10:56:05 +02004558 load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 256. A value of 0
4559 means the server will not participate in load-balancing but will still accept
4560 persistent connections. If this parameter is used to distribute the load
4561 according to server's capacity, it is recommended to start with values which
4562 can both grow and shrink, for instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough
4563 room above and below for later adjustments.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004564
4565
45666. HTTP header manipulation
4567---------------------------
4568
4569In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and
4570response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a
4571request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression,
4572which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect
4573against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation
4574to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers
4575passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent
4576headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy
4577never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers.
4578
4579This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail
4580in section 4.2 :
4581
4582 - reqadd <string>
4583 - reqallow <search>
4584 - reqiallow <search>
4585 - reqdel <search>
4586 - reqidel <search>
4587 - reqdeny <search>
4588 - reqideny <search>
4589 - reqpass <search>
4590 - reqipass <search>
4591 - reqrep <search> <replace>
4592 - reqirep <search> <replace>
4593 - reqtarpit <search>
4594 - reqitarpit <search>
4595 - rspadd <string>
4596 - rspdel <search>
4597 - rspidel <search>
4598 - rspdeny <search>
4599 - rspideny <search>
4600 - rsprep <search> <replace>
4601 - rspirep <search> <replace>
4602
4603With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter
4604is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through
4605parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be
4606prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter.
4607Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning :
4608
4609 \t for a tab
4610 \r for a carriage return (CR)
4611 \n for a new line (LF)
4612 \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter
4613 \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment
4614 \\ to use a backslash in a regex
4615 \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy)
4616 \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language
4617
4618The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest
4619portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters
4620above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the
4621regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to
46229 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice
4623is very common to users of the "sed" program.
4624
4625The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added
4626after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above.
4627
4628Notes related to these keywords :
4629---------------------------------
4630 - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header
4631 contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword
4632 instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules.
4633
4634 - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference
4635 a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way
4636 headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon).
4637
4638 - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to
4639 rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes
4640 it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix
4641 ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix
4642 ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon.
4643
4644 - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to
4645 a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This
4646 should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short
4647 on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some
4648 useless headers before adding new ones.
4649
4650 - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their couterpart
4651 without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns.
4652
4653 - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules
4654 from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend
4655 will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses.
4656
4657 - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is
4658 always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting
4659 before switching.
4660
4661
46627. Using ACLs
4663-------------
4664
4665The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform
4666content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted
4667from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is
4668simple :
4669
4670 - define test criteria with sets of values
4671 - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid
4672
4673The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend.
4674
4675In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is :
4676
4677 acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
4678
4679This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests.
4680Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion>
4681and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support
4682an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are
4683of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces.
4684
4685ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash),
4686'_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive,
4687which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs.
4688
4689There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect
4690performance, they just consume a small amount of memory.
4691
4692The following ACL flags are currently supported :
4693
4694 -i : ignore case during matching.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004695 -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags.
4696
4697Supported types of values are :
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004698
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004699 - integers or integer ranges
4700 - strings
4701 - regular expressions
4702 - IP addresses and networks
4703
4704
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020047057.1. Matching integers
4706----------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004707
4708Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note
4709that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value
4710expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which
4711may be omitted.
4712
4713For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of
4714unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid
4715representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work.
4716
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004717As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact
4718two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for
4719instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including
4720ranges and operators.
4721
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004722For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004723operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged.
4724Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set
4725of values.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004726
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004727Available operators for integer matching are :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004728
4729 eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value
4730 ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value
4731 gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value
4732 le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value
4733 lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value
4734
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004735For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004736
4737 acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0
4738
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004739This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) :
4740
4741 acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1
4742
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004743
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020047447.2. Matching strings
4745---------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004746
4747String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the
4748exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some
4749characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first
4750string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order
4751to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004752before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004753
4754
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020047557.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
4756-------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004757
4758Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as
4759they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it
4760possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is
4761passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring
4762the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004763the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to
4764match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004765
4766
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020047677.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
4768----------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004769
4770IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a
4771netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is
4772within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004773host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004774difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should
4775at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration
4776does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is
4777parsed.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004778
4779
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020047807.5. Available matching criteria
4781--------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004782
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020047837.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
4784------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004785
4786A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any
4787analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP
4788addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream.
4789
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004790always_false
4791 This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
4792 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
4793
4794always_true
4795 This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
4796 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
4797
4798src <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004799 Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004800 certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source
4801 address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy.
4802
4803src_port <integer>
4804 Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage.
4805
4806dst <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004807 Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004808 switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses.
4809
4810dst_port <integer>
4811 Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch
4812 to a different backend for some alternative ports.
4813
4814dst_conn <integer>
4815 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend,
4816 including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004817 page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004818 when the farm is considered saturated.
4819
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004820nbsrv <integer>
4821nbsrv(backend) <integer>
4822 Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend
4823 or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to
4824 switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to
4825 to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with
4826 "monitor fail".
4827
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004828connslots <integer>
4829connslots(backend) <integer>
4830 The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots"
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004831 still available (connection + queue), so that anything beyond that (intended
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004832 usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend.
4833
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004834 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of
4835 available server queue slots.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004836
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004837 Note that while "dst_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially
4838 useful when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into
4839 multiple backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) and
4840 you want to be able to differentiate between different backends, and their
4841 available "connslots". Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are
4842 actually *down*, this acl is more fine-grained and looks into the number of
4843 available connection slots as well.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004844
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004845 OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care
4846 of dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0,
4847 then this acl clearly does not make sense, in which case the value returned
4848 will be -1.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004849
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01004850fe_sess_rate <integer>
4851fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer>
4852 Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named
4853 frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions
4854 per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in
4855 order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be
4856 combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for
4857 the rate to go down below the limit.
4858
4859 Example :
4860 # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100
4861 # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and
4862 # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to
4863 # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second.
4864 frontend mail
4865 bind :25
4866 mode tcp
4867 maxconn 100
4868 acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10
4869 tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms
4870 tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast
4871 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
4872
4873be_sess_rate <integer>
4874be_sess_rate(backend) <integer>
4875 Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the
4876 specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is
4877 used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one
4878 reaches too high a session rate, or to limite abuse of service (eg. prevent
4879 sucking of an online dictionary).
4880
4881 Example :
4882 # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often
4883 backend dynamic
4884 mode http
4885 acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100
4886 redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned
4887
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004888
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020048897.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
4890-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004891
4892A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change
4893during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance
4894through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword
4895for more detailed information on the subject.
4896
4897req_len <integer>
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02004898 Returns true when the length of the data in the request buffer matches the
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004899 specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not
4900 return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with
4901 equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the
4902 session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and
4903 return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in.
4904 This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection.
4905
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02004906req_proto_http
4907 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like HTTP and correctly
4908 parses as such. It is the same parser as the common HTTP request parser which
4909 is used so there should be no surprizes. This test can be used for instance
4910 to direct HTTP traffic to a given port and HTTPS traffic to another one
4911 using TCP request content inspection rules.
4912
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02004913req_rdp_cookie <string>
4914req_rdp_cookie(name) <string>
4915 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol, and
4916 a cookie is present and equal to <string>. By default, any cookie name is
4917 checked, but a specific cookie name can be specified in parenthesis. The
4918 parser only checks for the first cookie, as illustrated in the RDP protocol
4919 specification. The cookie name is case insensitive. This ACL can be useful
4920 with the "MSTS" cookie, as it can contain the user name of the client
4921 connecting to the server if properly configured on the client. This can be
4922 used to restrict access to certain servers to certain users.
4923
4924req_rdp_cookie_cnt <integer>
4925req_rdp_cookie_cnt(name) <integer>
4926 Returns true when the data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol
4927 and the number of RDP cookies matches the specified range (typically zero or
4928 one). Optionally a specific cookie name can be checked. This is a simple way
4929 of detecting the RDP protocol, as clients generally send the MSTS or MSTSHASH
4930 cookies.
4931
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004932req_ssl_ver <decimal>
4933 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol
4934 version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3
4935 messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being
4936 easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the
4937 message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note
4938 that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used
4939 with TCP request content inspection.
4940
Willy Tarreaub6fb4202008-07-20 11:18:28 +02004941wait_end
4942 Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in
4943 conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early.
4944 It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some
4945 special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately
4946 returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule.
4947 Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior
4948 declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content
4949 inspection.
4950
4951 Examples :
4952 # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds
4953 tcp-request inspect-delay 2s
4954 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
4955
4956 # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected
4957 tcp-request inspect-delay 10s
4958 acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24
4959 acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24
4960 tcp-request content accept if goodguys
4961 tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END
4962 tcp-request content reject
4963
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004964
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020049657.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
4966--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004967
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004968A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004969application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been
4970read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources
4971than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed.
4972
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004973method <string>
4974 Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL
4975 already check for most common methods.
4976
4977req_ver <string>
4978 Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined
4979 ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1.
4980
4981path <string>
4982 Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first
4983 slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be
4984 used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico.
4985
4986path_beg <string>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004987 Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used
4988 to send certain directory names to alternative backends.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004989
4990path_end <string>
4991 Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to
4992 control file name extension.
4993
4994path_sub <string>
4995 Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to
4996 detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also
4997 "path_dir".
4998
4999path_dir <string>
5000 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5001 slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5002 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5003 "url_dir" and "path_sub".
5004
5005path_dom <string>
5006 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5007 in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy
5008 requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom".
5009
5010path_reg <regex>
5011 Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5012 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5013 than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria.
5014
5015url <string>
5016 Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match
5017 "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL.
5018
5019url_beg <string>
5020 Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to
5021 check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme.
5022
5023url_end <string>
5024 Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited
5025 use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching.
5026
5027url_sub <string>
5028 Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5029 detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub".
5030
5031url_dir <string>
5032 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5033 slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5034 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5035 "path_dir" and "url_sub".
5036
5037url_dom <string>
5038 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5039 in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of
5040 wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub".
5041
5042url_reg <regex>
5043 Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5044 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5045 than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria.
5046
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005047url_ip <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005048 Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request.
5049 It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005050 It is useful with option "http_proxy".
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005051
5052url_port <integer>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005053 Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can
5054 be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005055 "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005056 is assumed.
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005057
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005058hdr <string>
5059hdr(header) <string>
5060 Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a
5061 particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005062 space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies
5063 with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005064
5065 The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005066 match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005067 instance, checking that "connection: close" is set :
5068
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005069 hdr(Connection) -i close
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005070
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005071hdr_beg <string>
5072hdr_beg(header) <string>
5073 Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See
5074 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005075
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005076hdr_end <string>
5077hdr_end(header) <string>
5078 Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr"
5079 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005080
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005081hdr_sub <string>
5082hdr_sub(header) <string>
5083 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr"
5084 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005085
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005086hdr_dir <string>
5087hdr_dir(header) <string>
5088 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5089 isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or
5090 directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more
5091 information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005092
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005093hdr_dom <string>
5094hdr_dom(header) <string>
5095 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5096 isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching,
5097 and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on
5098 header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005099
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005100hdr_reg <regex>
5101hdr_reg(header) <regex>
5102 Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It
5103 can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching
5104 is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as
5105 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005106
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005107hdr_val <integer>
5108hdr_val(header) <integer>
5109 Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the
5110 values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to
5111 acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header
5112 matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005113
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005114hdr_cnt <integer>
5115hdr_cnt(header) <integer>
5116 Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches
5117 the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header
5118 line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to
5119 detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block
5120 request smugling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one
5121 of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic8b16fc2008-02-18 01:26:35 +01005122
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005123
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051247.6. Pre-defined ACLs
5125---------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005126
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005127Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in
5128every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in
5129order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that
5130only the first three ones are not layer 7 based.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005131
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005132ACL name Equivalent to Usage
5133---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
5134TRUE always_true always match
5135FALSE always_false never match
5136LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005137HTTP req_proto_http match if protocol is valid HTTP
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005138HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0
5139HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1
5140METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method
5141METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method
5142METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method
5143METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method
5144METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method
5145METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method
5146HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme
5147HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL begining with "/"
5148HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*"
5149HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005150RDP_COOKIE req_rdp_cookie_cnt gt 0 match presence of an RDP cookie
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005151REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer
5152WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis
5153---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005154
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005155
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051567.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
5157----------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005158
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005159Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a
5160combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005161
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005162 - AND (implicit)
5163 - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator)
5164 - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!")
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005165
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005166A condition is formed as a disjonctive form :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005167
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005168 [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ...
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005169
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005170Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement,
5171indicating when the condition will trigger the action.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005172
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005173For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than
5174"OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD
5175requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which
5176is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS !
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005177
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005178 acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0
5179 block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl
5180 block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT
5181 block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005182
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005183To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site
5184and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005185
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005186 acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css
5187 acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js
5188 acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www
5189 acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005190
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005191 # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls
5192 # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest.
5193 use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static
5194 use_backend www if host_www
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005195
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005196See section 4.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005197
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005198
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051998. Logging
5200----------
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005201
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005202One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably
5203provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is
5204very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information
5205provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session
5206state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions
5207to direct trafic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary
5208headers.
5209
5210In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency
5211about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to
5212send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters :
5213
5214 - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..)
5215 - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...)
5216 - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections)
5217 - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or
5218 at the termination.
5219
5220The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers
5221allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon
5222as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors,
5223while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in
5224real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour
5225delay.
5226
5227
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052288.1. Log levels
5229---------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005230
5231TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time,
5232source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times,
5233HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions
5234in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a
5235particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005236syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 4.2 for more info about log
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005237facilities.
5238
5239
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052408.2. Log formats
5241----------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005242
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005243HAProxy supports 4 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005244and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with
5245the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported
5246formats are the following ones :
5247
5248 - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only
5249 provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment
5250 it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name.
5251 This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great
5252 extents.
5253
5254 - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option
5255 tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the
5256 connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer
5257 information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This
5258 format is recommended for pure TCP proxies.
5259
5260 - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format
5261 is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the
5262 same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as
5263 the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This
5264 format is recommended for HTTP proxies.
5265
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005266 - the CLF HTTP format, which is equivalent to the HTTP format, but with the
5267 fields arranged in the same order as the CLF format. In this mode, all
5268 timers, captures, flags, etc... appear one per field after the end of the
5269 common fields, in the same order they appear in the standard HTTP format.
5270
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005271Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format
5272specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a
5273field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog
5274servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is
5275always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and
5276identifier.
5277
5278Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below
5279 might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be
5280 prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is
5281 broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a
5282 backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters.
5283
5284
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052858.2.1. Default log format
5286-------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005287
5288This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon
5289as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only
5290format which logs the request's destination IP and ports.
5291
5292 Example :
5293 listen www
5294 mode http
5295 log global
5296 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5297
5298 >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \
5299 haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \
5300 (www/HTTP)
5301
5302 Field Format Extract from the example above
5303 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]:
5304 2 'Connect from' Connect from
5305 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312
5306 4 'to' to
5307 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012
5308 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP)
5309
5310Detailed fields description :
5311 - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection.
5312 - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5313 - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to.
5314 - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to.
5315 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5316 and processed the connection.
5317 - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP).
5318
5319It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it
5320will eventually disappear.
5321
5322
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020053238.2.2. TCP log format
5324---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005325
5326The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and
5327is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious
5328information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte
5329counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be
5330emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most
5331environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match
5332the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for
5333sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005334specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. Successful connections will
5335not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" is specified in the frontend. A few
5336fields may slightly vary depending on some configuration options, those are
5337marked with a star ('*') after the field name below.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005338
5339 Example :
5340 frontend fnt
5341 mode tcp
5342 option tcplog
5343 log global
5344 default_backend bck
5345
5346 backend bck
5347 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5348
5349 >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \
5350 haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \
5351 bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0
5352
5353 Field Format Extract from the example above
5354 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]:
5355 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313
5356 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443]
5357 4 frontend_name fnt
5358 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1
5359 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007
5360 7 bytes_read* 212
5361 8 termination_state --
5362 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3
5363 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5364
5365Detailed fields description :
5366 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5367 connection to haproxy.
5368
5369 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5370
5371 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy
5372 (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the
5373 network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually
5374 the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log.
5375
5376 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5377 and processed the connection.
5378
5379 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5380 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5381 frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP
5382 applications.
5383
5384 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5385 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5386 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5387 which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching
5388 a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name.
5389
5390 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5391 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5392 See "Timers" below for more details.
5393
5394 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5395 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5396 connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See
5397 "Timers" below for more details.
5398
5399 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5400 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5401 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5402 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5403 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5404 details.
5405
5406 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to
5407 the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the
5408 this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one
5409 may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log
5410 analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing.
5411
5412 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5413 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5414 session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal
5415 flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with
5416 no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection"
5417 for more details.
5418
5419 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5420 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5421 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when
5422 multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits
5423 the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005424 are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005425
5426 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5427 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5428 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5429 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5430 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5431 caused by a denial of service attack.
5432
5433 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5434 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5435 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5436 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5437 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5438 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5439 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5440 denial of service attack.
5441
5442 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5443 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5444 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5445 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5446 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5447 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5448 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5449 that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to
5450 be processed than on other servers.
5451
5452 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5453 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5454 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5455 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5456 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5457 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5458 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5459 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5460 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5461 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5462 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5463 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5464 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5465
5466 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5467 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5468 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5469 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5470 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5471 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5472 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5473 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5474
5475 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5476 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5477 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5478 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5479 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5480 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5481 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5482 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5483 occurs.
5484
5485
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020054868.2.3. HTTP log format
5487----------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005488
5489The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It
5490is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides
5491the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which
5492are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually
5493emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which
5494generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the
5495"monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for
5496which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005497frontend. Successful connections will not be logged if "option dontlog-normal"
5498is specified in the frontend.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005499
5500Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may
5501slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked
5502with a star ('*') after the field name below.
5503
5504 Example :
5505 frontend http-in
5506 mode http
5507 option httplog
5508 log global
5509 default_backend bck
5510
5511 backend static
5512 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5513
5514 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
5515 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
5516 static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \
5517 {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5518
5519 Field Format Extract from the example above
5520 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]:
5521 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317
5522 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655]
5523 4 frontend_name http-in
5524 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1
5525 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109
5526 7 status_code 200
5527 8 bytes_read* 2750
5528 9 captured_request_cookie -
5529 10 captured_response_cookie -
5530 11 termination_state ----
5531 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0
5532 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5533 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu}
5534 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {}
5535 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5536
5537
5538Detailed fields description :
5539 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5540 connection to haproxy.
5541
5542 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5543
5544 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by
5545 haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on
5546 the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is
5547 usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This
5548 does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not.
5549
5550 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5551 and processed the connection.
5552
5553 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5554 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5555 frontend if no switching rule has been applied.
5556
5557 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5558 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5559 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5560 which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a
5561 server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was
5562 intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead.
5563
5564 - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send
5565 a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection
5566 was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always
5567 be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large
5568 times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and
5569 haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details.
5570
5571 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5572 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5573 See "Timers" below for more details.
5574
5575 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5576 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5577 request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers"
5578 below for more details.
5579
5580 - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send
5581 a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was
5582 aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches
5583 the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by
5584 the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on
5585 "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below
5586 for more details.
5587
5588 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5589 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5590 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5591 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5592 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5593 details.
5594
5595 - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status
5596 is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when
5597 the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy.
5598
5599 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when
5600 the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is
5601 specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that
5602 the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit
5603 counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without
5604 overflowing.
5605
5606 - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that
5607 the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum
5608 length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend
5609 configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not
5610 set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session
5611 ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing
5612 between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult
5613 the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5614
5615 - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating
5616 that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name
5617 and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the
5618 frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is
5619 not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track
5620 session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session
5621 crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please
5622 consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5623
5624 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5625 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5626 session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP
5627 logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last
5628 two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the
5629 session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See
5630 below "Session state at disconnection" for more details.
5631
5632 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5633 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5634 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024
5635 when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system
5636 limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005637 of them are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005638 system.
5639
5640 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5641 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5642 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5643 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5644 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5645 caused by a denial of service attack.
5646
5647 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5648 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5649 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5650 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5651 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5652 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5653 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5654 denial of service attack.
5655
5656 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5657 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5658 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5659 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5660 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5661 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5662 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5663 that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be
5664 processed than on other servers.
5665
5666 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5667 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5668 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5669 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5670 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5671 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5672 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5673 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5674 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5675 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5676 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5677 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5678 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5679
5680 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5681 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5682 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5683 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5684 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5685 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5686 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5687 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5688
5689 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5690 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5691 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5692 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5693 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5694 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5695 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5696 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5697 occurs.
5698
5699 - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due
5700 to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend.
5701 Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar
5702 ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a
5703 shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may
5704 contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when
5705 it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and
5706 cookies" below for more details.
5707
5708 - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response
5709 due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the
5710 frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a
5711 vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear,
5712 causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this
5713 field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser
5714 than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers
5715 and cookies" below for more details.
5716
5717 - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method,
5718 request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see
5719 below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last
5720 field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can
5721 contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be
5722 added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is
5723 huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This
5724 is the reason why this field must always remain the last one.
5725
5726
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057278.3. Advanced logging options
5728-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005729
5730Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out
5731just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few
5732options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference
5733for more information about their usage.
5734
5735
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057368.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
5737------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005738
5739It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on
5740haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any
5741commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete
5742monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often
5743ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities :
5744
5745 - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often
5746 desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by
5747 setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of
5748 port scans, which may or may not be desired.
5749
5750 - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to
5751 declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then
5752 only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be
5753 logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments
5754 such as other load-balancers.
5755
5756 - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare
5757 this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will
5758 only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged.
5759
5760
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057618.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
5762----------------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005763
5764The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about
5765what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions
5766or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying
5767"option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible,
5768just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still
5769log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just
5770after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported
5771is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion
5772with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed
5773with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger.
5774
5775
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057768.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
5777------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005778
5779Sometimes it is more convenient to separate normal traffic from errors logs,
5780for instance in order to ease error monitoring from log files. When the option
5781"log-separate-errors" is used, connections which experience errors, timeouts,
5782retries, redispatches or HTTP status codes 5xx will see their syslog level
5783raised from "info" to "err". This will help a syslog daemon store the log in
5784a separate file. It is very important to keep the errors in the normal traffic
5785file too, so that log ordering is not altered. You should also be careful if
5786you already have configured your syslog daemon to store all logs higher than
5787"notice" in an "admin" file, because the "err" level is higher than "notice".
5788
5789
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057908.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
5791--------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005792
5793Although this may sound strange at first, some large sites have to deal with
5794multiple thousands of logs per second and are experiencing difficulties keeping
5795them intact for a long time or detecting errors within them. If the option
5796"dontlog-normal" is set on the frontend, all normal connections will not be
5797logged. In this regard, a normal connection is defined as one without any
5798error, timeout, retry nor redispatch. In HTTP, the status code is checked too,
5799and a response with a status 5xx is not considered normal and will be logged
5800too. Of course, doing is is really discouraged as it will remove most of the
5801useful information from the logs. Do this only if you have no other
5802alternative.
5803
5804
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058058.4. Timing events
5806------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005807
5808Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are
5809reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with
5810the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the
5811frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP
5812mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" :
5813
5814 - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time
5815 elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the
5816 moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates
5817 that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when
5818 the client closes prematurely or times out.
5819
5820 - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It
5821 accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the
5822 queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous
5823 requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching
5824 the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests.
5825
5826 - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time
5827 elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the
5828 moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and
5829 the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the
5830 connection never established.
5831
5832 - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between
5833 the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment
5834 the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request
5835 processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission.
5836 It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for
5837 instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort
5838 apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust
5839 too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an
5840 untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response
5841 header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout
5842 stroke before the server managed to process the request.
5843
5844 - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it
5845 and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap"
5846 option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is
5847 prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data
5848 transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid :
5849
5850 Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr)
5851
5852 Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP
5853 mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be
5854 negative.
5855
5856These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP
5857protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure
5858that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets
5859due to network problems (wires, negociation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is
5860close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a
5861session has been aborted on timeout.
5862
5863Most common cases :
5864
5865 - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
5866 client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen
5867 when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may
5868 happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause.
5869 Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended,
5870 haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time
5871 spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing
5872 of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of
5873 a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new
5874 connections have been accepted at once.
5875
5876 - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
5877 server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should
5878 always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens
5879 of ms on remote networks.
5880
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005881 - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem
5882 to be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost
5883 between the proxy and the server.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005884
5885 - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because
5886 neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for
5887 instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order
5888 to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on
5889 either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that
5890 the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to
5891 close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the
5892 smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with
5893 the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent
5894 to the server until another one is released.
5895
5896Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) :
5897
5898 Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log
5899 was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid
5900 except "Tt" which is shorter than reality.
5901
5902 -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time
5903 or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags
5904 then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings.
5905
5906 Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because
5907 servers were out of order, because the request was invalid
5908 or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination
5909 flags.
5910
5911 Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it
5912 actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms.
5913 Check the session termination flags, then check the
5914 "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might
5915 return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time
5916 the client connection was maintained open.
5917
5918 Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return
5919 a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion
5920 unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session
5921 termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting.
5922
5923
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020059248.5. Session state at disconnection
5925-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005926
5927TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the
5928"termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is
59292-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode,
5930each of which has a special meaning :
5931
5932 - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the
5933 session to terminate :
5934
5935 C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client.
5936
5937 S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the
5938 server explicitly refused it.
5939
5940 P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a
5941 connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched,
5942 because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous
5943 error in server response which might have caused information leak
5944 (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by
5945 the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...).
5946
5947 R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source
5948 ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and
5949 system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this
5950 happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which
5951 should be fixed as soon as possible by any means.
5952
5953 I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check.
5954 This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log
5955 containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It
5956 would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an
5957 event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption.
5958
5959 c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to
5960 send or receive data.
5961
5962 s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to
5963 send or receive data.
5964
5965 - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed
5966 with nothing left in the buffers.
5967
5968 - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed :
5969
5970 R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client
5971 (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server.
5972
5973 Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can
5974 only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can
5975 also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to
5976 a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is
5977 reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server.
5978
5979 C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the
5980 server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt.
5981
5982 H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the
5983 server (HTTP only).
5984
5985 D : the session was in the DATA phase.
5986
5987 L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the
5988 server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only
5989 happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets.
5990
5991 T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client
5992 during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client
5993 closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer.
5994
5995 - : normal session completion after end of data transfer.
5996
5997 - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by
5998 the client (only in HTTP mode) :
5999
6000 N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new
6001 visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the
6002 logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation.
6003
6004 I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server.
6005 This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed
6006 cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack.
6007
6008 D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN,
6009 so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to
6010 this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to
6011 another server.
6012
6013 V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated
6014 server.
6015
6016 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6017
6018 - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence
6019 cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) :
6020
6021 N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either.
6022
6023 I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one.
6024 Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie,
6025 it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here.
6026
6027 P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is.
6028
6029 R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which
6030 happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes.
6031
6032 D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy.
6033
6034 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6035
6036The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was
6037happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be
6038helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource
6039starvation, attacks, etc...
6040
6041The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are
6042alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for
6043easier finding and understanding.
6044
6045 Flags Reason
6046
6047 -- Normal termination.
6048
6049 CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the
6050 server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently
6051 dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is
6052 waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire.
6053
6054 CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be
6055 caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the
6056 client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection,
6057 by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a
6058 keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first
6059 by the client.
6060
6061 cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6062 "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on
6063 the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly.
6064
6065 CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding.
6066 It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client
6067 clicking the 'Stop' button too fast.
6068
6069 cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a
6070 POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values
6071 for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can
6072 also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and
6073 the server takes too long to respond.
6074
6075 CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server
6076 with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the
6077 servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too
6078 long a time to respond.
6079
6080 CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely
6081 the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted
6082 too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this
6083 might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy
6084 and the client.
6085
6086 cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP
6087 request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the
6088 client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized
6089 packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast
6090 enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the
6091 request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here.
6092
6093 CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to
6094 check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006095 wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it
6096 might make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something
6097 closer to the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume
6098 resources for just a few attackers.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006099
6100 SC The server or an equipement between it and haproxy explicitly refused
6101 the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message
6102 in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network
6103 stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route,
6104 or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode,
6105 the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here.
6106
6107 sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could
6108 complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a
6109 503 or 504 here.
6110
6111 SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data
6112 transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from
6113 the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while
6114 exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash
6115 or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment.
6116
6117 sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6118 "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused
6119 by too short timeouts on L4 equipements before the server (firewalls,
6120 load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained
6121 between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy.
6122
6123 SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or
6124 it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at
6125 this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to
6126 control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a
6127 small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application.
6128 Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection
6129 between haproxy and the server.
6130
6131 sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its
6132 response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too
6133 long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation.
6134 The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server"
6135 setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience
6136 will suffer from these long response times. The only long term
6137 solution is to fix the application.
6138
6139 sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See
6140 the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to
6141 fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in
6142 short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected
6143 servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by
6144 external attacks.
6145
6146 PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the
6147 process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect.
6148 The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration
6149 so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and
6150 might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand.
6151
6152 PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid,
6153 incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter.
6154 In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible
6155 cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name
6156 containing unauthorized characters.
6157
6158 PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an
6159 invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to
6160 the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it
6161 returned an HTTP 403 error.
6162
6163 PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its
6164 connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent
6165 to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as
6166 reported by the "Tw" timer field.
6167
6168 RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports)
6169 preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error
6170 logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can
6171 only be solved by proper system tuning.
6172
6173
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061748.6. Non-printable characters
6175-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006176
6177In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log
6178consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are
6179converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code,
6180prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without
6181being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the
6182escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It
6183is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and
6184'}' when logging headers.
6185
6186Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause
6187issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header
6188containing spaces is "User-Agent".
6189
6190Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape
6191the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be
6192performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs.
6193
6194
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061958.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
6196---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006197
6198Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be
6199achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006200section 4.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006201cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in
6202the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in
6203the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006204locations (see section 8.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006205not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a
6206user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it
6207a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a
6208wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing.
6209
6210 Examples :
6211 # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION"
6212 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
6213
6214 # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor"
6215 capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32
6216
6217
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062188.8. Capturing HTTP headers
6219---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006220
6221Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper
6222proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In
6223the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the
6224server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection.
6225
6226Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture
6227response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006228section 4.2 for more details.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006229
6230It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same
6231time. Non-existant headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header
6232appears more than once, only its last occurence will be logged. Request headers
6233are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared,
6234and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers
6235follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the
6236request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request
6237in the logs.
6238
6239 Example :
6240 # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy
6241 listen proxy-out
6242 mode http
6243 option httplog
6244 option logasap
6245 log global
6246 server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128
6247
6248 # log the name of the virtual server
6249 capture request header Host len 20
6250
6251 # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST
6252 capture request header Content-Length len 10
6253
6254 # log the beginning of the referrer
6255 capture request header Referer len 20
6256
6257 # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only)
6258 capture response header Server len 20
6259
6260 # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap"
6261 capture response header Content-Length len 10
6262
6263 # log the expected cache behaviour on the response
6264 capture response header Cache-Control len 8
6265
6266 # the Via header will report the next proxy's name
6267 capture response header Via len 20
6268
6269 # log the URL location during a redirection
6270 capture response header Location len 20
6271
6272 >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \
6273 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \
6274 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6275 {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \
6276 "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/"
6277
6278 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6279 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6280 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6281 {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \
6282 "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1"
6283
6284 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6285 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6286 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6287 {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \
6288 {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \
6289 "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1"
6290
6291
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062928.9. Examples of logs
6293---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006294
6295These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of
6296them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better
6297reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them.
6298
6299 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \
6300 px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6301 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6302
6303 => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied
6304 in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----')
6305
6306 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \
6307 px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \
6308 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6309
6310 => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other
6311 requests, and waited there for 1230 ms.
6312
6313 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \
6314 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6315 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
6316
6317 => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so
6318 the log was produced just before transfering data. The server replied in
6319 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from
6320 accept to first data byte is 30 ms.
6321
6322 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \
6323 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \
6324 "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0"
6325
6326 => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or
6327 "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and
6328 not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which
6329 risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502
6330 bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided
6331 to return the 502 and not the server.
6332
6333 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \
6334 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6335
6336 => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after
6337 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--").
6338 Nothing was sent to any server.
6339
6340 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \
6341 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6342
6343 => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the
6344 time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request
6345 headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could
6346 send a 408 return code to the client.
6347
6348 >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \
6349 px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0
6350
6351 => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after
6352 5 seconds ("c----").
6353
6354 >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \
6355 px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \
6356 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6357
6358 => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006359 connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attempts of 2 seconds
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006360 (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have
6361 seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115
6362 connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on
6363 the global process. It is possible that the server refused the
6364 connection because of too many already established.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006365
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006366
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020063679. Statistics and monitoring
6368----------------------------
6369
6370It is possible to query HAProxy about its status. The most commonly used
6371mechanism is the HTTP statistics page. This page also exposes an alternative
6372CSV output format for monitoring tools. The same format is provided on the
6373Unix socket.
6374
6375
63769.1. CSV format
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006377---------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006378
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006379The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP
6380page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow.
6381
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006382 0. pxname: proxy name
6383 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name
6384 for server)
6385 2. qcur: current queued requests
6386 3. qmax: max queued requests
6387 4. scur: current sessions
6388 5. smax: max sessions
6389 6. slim: sessions limit
6390 7. stot: total sessions
6391 8. bin: bytes in
6392 9. bout: bytes out
6393 10. dreq: denied requests
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006394 11. dresp: denied responses
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006395 12. ereq: request errors
6396 13. econ: connection errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006397 14. eresp: response errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006398 15. wretr: retries (warning)
6399 16. wredis: redispatches (warning)
6400 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/...)
6401 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend)
6402 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend)
6403 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend)
6404 21. chkfail: number of failed checks
6405 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions
6406 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds)
6407 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds)
6408 25. qlimit: queue limit
6409 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...)
6410 27. iid: unique proxy id
6411 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy)
6412 29. throttle: warm up status
6413 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected
6414 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled
6415 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server)
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006416 33. rate (number of sessions per second over last elapsed second)
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006417
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006418
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020064199.2. Unix Socket commands
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006420-------------------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006421
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006422The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them
6423must be terminated by a line feed. It is important to understand that when
6424multiple haproxy processes are started on the same sockets, any process may
6425pick up the request and will output its own stats.
6426
6427show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>]
6428 Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is
6429 possible to dump only selected items :
6430 - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything
6431 - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for
6432 backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed,
6433 for example:
6434 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend.
6435 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server.
6436 - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy.
6437
6438show info
6439 Dump info about haproxy status on current process.
6440
6441show sess
6442 Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can
6443 be huge.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006444
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006445show errors [<iid>]
6446 Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and
6447 backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning
6448 either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>.
6449
6450 The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors
6451 caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header
6452 names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the
6453 protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was
6454 detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the
6455 internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session
6456 are reported too.
6457
6458 All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The
6459 most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one
6460 letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to
6461 avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where
6462 NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII
6463 code.
6464
6465 Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0
6466 for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line,
6467 and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that
6468 the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a
6469 line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset
6470 will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous
6471 line.
6472
6473 Example :
6474 >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1
6475 [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response
6476 src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1)
6477 response length 213 bytes, error at position 23:
6478
6479 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
6480 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n
6481 00038 Location: blah\r\n
6482 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b
6483 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer,
6484 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter
6485 00204+ minal\r\n
6486 00211 \r\n
6487
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006488 In the example above, we see that the backend "http-in" which has internal
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006489 ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal
6490 ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and
6491 received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was
6492 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This
6493 is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid
6494 HTTP character for a header name.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006495
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01006496/*
6497 * Local variables:
6498 * fill-column: 79
6499 * End:
6500 */